vibe coded website (plus captive portal)

needs missing ESP32 implementation

Signed-off-by: Peter Siegmund <developer@mars3142.org>

.gitea/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/bug_report.md

@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+---
+name: Bug report
+about: Create a report to help us improve
+title: ''
+labels: ''
+assignees: ''
+
+---
+
+**Describe the bug**
+A clear and concise description of what the bug is.
+
+**To Reproduce**
+Steps to reproduce the behavior:
+1. Go to '...'
+2. Click on '....'
+3. Scroll down to '....'
+4. See error
+
+**Expected behavior**
+A clear and concise description of what you expected to happen.
+
+**Screenshots**
+If applicable, add screenshots to help explain your problem.
+
+**Desktop (please complete the following information):**
+ - OS: [e.g. iOS]
+ - Browser [e.g. chrome, safari]
+ - Version [e.g. 22]
+
+**Smartphone (please complete the following information):**
+ - Device: [e.g. iPhone6]
+ - OS: [e.g. iOS8.1]
+ - Browser [e.g. stock browser, safari]
+ - Version [e.g. 22]
+
+**Additional context**
+Add any other context about the problem here.

.gitea/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/feature_request.md

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+---
+name: Feature request
+about: Suggest an idea for this project
+title: ''
+labels: ''
+assignees: ''
+
+---
+
+**Is your feature request related to a problem? Please describe.**
+A clear and concise description of what the problem is. Ex. I'm always frustrated when [...]
+
+**Describe the solution you'd like**
+A clear and concise description of what you want to happen.
+
+**Describe alternatives you've considered**
+A clear and concise description of any alternative solutions or features you've considered.
+
+**Additional context**
+Add any other context or screenshots about the feature request here.

.gitea/workflows/esp32_build.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+name: ESP-IDF Build
+
+on:
+  push:
+    paths:
+      - "firmware/**"
+      - ".gitea/workflows/esp32_build.yml"
+  pull_request:
+  merge_group:
+  workflow_dispatch:
+  schedule:
+    - cron: "0 5 * * 3"
+
+permissions:
+  contents: read
+  pull-requests: write
+
+concurrency:
+  group: ${{ github.workflow }}-${{ github.ref }}
+  cancel-in-progress: true
+
+jobs:
+  build:
+    strategy:
+      matrix:
+        idf_ver: [release-v5.4, release-v5.5]
+        idf_target: [esp32c6, esp32s3]
+
+    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
+    container: espressif/idf:${{ matrix.idf_ver }}
+    timeout-minutes: 30
+
+    steps:
+      - name: Checkout repo
+        run: |
+          git config --global --add safe.directory "*"
+          git clone --recurse-submodules ${{ github.server_url }}/${{ github.repository }}.git .
+          git checkout ${{ github.sha }}
+
+      - name: Extract API key
+        env:
+          INSIGHTS_API_KEY: ${{ secrets.INSIGHTS_API_KEY }}
+        run: |
+          echo $INSIGHTS_API_KEY > firmware/components/analytics/insights_auth_key.txt
+
+      - name: ESP-IDF build
+        env:
+          IDF_TARGET: ${{ matrix.idf_target }}
+        run: |
+          cd firmware
+          . $IDF_PATH/export.sh
+          idf.py -DSDKCONFIG_DEFAULTS="sdkconfig.defaults;sdkconfig.release" build

.gitignore

@@ -1,8 +1,26 @@
-*-backups/
-*_old
-jlcpcb/
-.DS_Store
-**/*.bak
-fp-info-cache*
-*.lck
-datasheets/
+# Created by https://www.toptal.com/developers/gitignore/api/visualstudiocode
+# Edit at https://www.toptal.com/developers/gitignore?templates=visualstudiocode
+
+### VisualStudioCode ###
+.vscode/*
+!.vscode/tasks.json
+!.vscode/launch.json
+!.vscode/extensions.json
+!.vscode/*.code-snippets
+
+# Local History for Visual Studio Code
+.history/
+
+# Built Visual Studio Code Extensions
+*.vsix
+
+### VisualStudioCode Patch ###
+# Ignore all local history of files
+.history
+.ionide
+
+# End of https://www.toptal.com/developers/gitignore/api/visualstudiocode
+**/*_back.png
+**/*_front.png
+**/*_schematic*.png
+**/wiki/*

.gitmodules

@@ -1,3 +1,3 @@
 [submodule "library"]
-	path = library
-	url = git@github.com:mars3142/kicad_library.git
+	path = hardware/library
+	url = https://git.mars3142.dev/mars3142/kicad_library.git

CODE_OF_CONDUCT.md

@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+# Contributor Covenant Code of Conduct
+
+## Our Pledge
+
+We as members, contributors, and leaders pledge to make participation in our
+community a harassment-free experience for everyone, regardless of age, body
+size, visible or invisible disability, ethnicity, sex characteristics, gender
+identity and expression, level of experience, education, socio-economic status,
+nationality, personal appearance, race, religion, or sexual identity
+and orientation.
+
+We pledge to act and interact in ways that contribute to an open, welcoming,
+diverse, inclusive, and healthy community.
+
+## Our Standards
+
+Examples of behavior that contributes to a positive environment for our
+community include:
+
+- Demonstrating empathy and kindness toward other people
+- Being respectful of differing opinions, viewpoints, and experiences
+- Giving and gracefully accepting constructive feedback
+- Accepting responsibility and apologizing to those affected by our mistakes,
+  and learning from the experience
+- Focusing on what is best not just for us as individuals, but for the
+  overall community
+
+Examples of unacceptable behavior include:
+
+- The use of sexualized language or imagery, and sexual attention or
+  advances of any kind
+- Trolling, insulting or derogatory comments, and personal or political attacks
+- Public or private harassment
+- Publishing others' private information, such as a physical or email
+  address, without their explicit permission
+- Other conduct which could reasonably be considered inappropriate in a
+  professional setting
+
+## Enforcement Responsibilities
+
+Community leaders are responsible for clarifying and enforcing our standards of
+acceptable behavior and will take appropriate and fair corrective action in
+response to any behavior that they deem inappropriate, threatening, offensive,
+or harmful.
+
+Community leaders have the right and responsibility to remove, edit, or reject
+comments, commits, code, wiki edits, issues, and other contributions that are
+not aligned to this Code of Conduct, and will communicate reasons for moderation
+decisions when appropriate.
+
+## Scope
+
+This Code of Conduct applies within all community spaces, and also applies when
+an individual is officially representing the community in public spaces.
+Examples of representing our community include using an official e-mail address,
+posting via an official social media account, or acting as an appointed
+representative at an online or offline event.
+
+## Enforcement
+
+Instances of abusive, harassing, or otherwise unacceptable behavior may be
+reported to the community leaders responsible for enforcement at
+warnemuende.lighthouses@mars3142.org.
+All complaints will be reviewed and investigated promptly and fairly.
+
+All community leaders are obligated to respect the privacy and security of the
+reporter of any incident.
+
+## Enforcement Guidelines
+
+Community leaders will follow these Community Impact Guidelines in determining
+the consequences for any action they deem in violation of this Code of Conduct:
+
+### 1. Correction
+
+**Community Impact**: Use of inappropriate language or other behavior deemed
+unprofessional or unwelcome in the community.
+
+**Consequence**: A private, written warning from community leaders, providing
+clarity around the nature of the violation and an explanation of why the
+behavior was inappropriate. A public apology may be requested.
+
+### 2. Warning
+
+**Community Impact**: A violation through a single incident or series
+of actions.
+
+**Consequence**: A warning with consequences for continued behavior. No
+interaction with the people involved, including unsolicited interaction with
+those enforcing the Code of Conduct, for a specified period of time. This
+includes avoiding interactions in community spaces as well as external channels
+like social media. Violating these terms may lead to a temporary or
+permanent ban.
+
+### 3. Temporary Ban
+
+**Community Impact**: A serious violation of community standards, including
+sustained inappropriate behavior.
+
+**Consequence**: A temporary ban from any sort of interaction or public
+communication with the community for a specified period of time. No public or
+private interaction with the people involved, including unsolicited interaction
+with those enforcing the Code of Conduct, is allowed during this period.
+Violating these terms may lead to a permanent ban.
+
+### 4. Permanent Ban
+
+**Community Impact**: Demonstrating a pattern of violation of community
+standards, including sustained inappropriate behavior, harassment of an
+individual, or aggression toward or disparagement of classes of individuals.
+
+**Consequence**: A permanent ban from any sort of public interaction within
+the community.
+
+## Attribution
+
+This Code of Conduct is adapted from the [Contributor Covenant][homepage],
+version 2.0, available at
+https://www.contributor-covenant.org/version/2/0/code_of_conduct.html.
+
+Community Impact Guidelines were inspired by [Mozilla's code of conduct
+enforcement ladder](https://github.com/mozilla/diversity).
+
+[homepage]: https://www.contributor-covenant.org
+
+For answers to common questions about this code of conduct, see the FAQ at
+https://www.contributor-covenant.org/faq. Translations are available at
+https://www.contributor-covenant.org/translations.

LICENSE

@@ -0,0 +1,661 @@
+                    GNU AFFERO GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+                       Version 3, 19 November 2007
+
+Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
+Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+                            Preamble
+
+The GNU Affero General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
+software and other kinds of works, specifically designed to ensure
+cooperation with the community in the case of network server software.
+
+The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
+to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
+our General Public Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to
+share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
+software for all its users.
+
+When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
+want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
+free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
+
+Developers that use our General Public Licenses protect your rights
+with two steps: (1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer
+you this License which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute
+and/or modify the software.
+
+A secondary benefit of defending all users' freedom is that
+improvements made in alternate versions of the program, if they
+receive widespread use, become available for other developers to
+incorporate. Many developers of free software are heartened and
+encouraged by the resulting cooperation. However, in the case of
+software used on network servers, this result may fail to come about.
+The GNU General Public License permits making a modified version and
+letting the public access it on a server without ever releasing its
+source code to the public.
+
+The GNU Affero General Public License is designed specifically to
+ensure that, in such cases, the modified source code becomes available
+to the community. It requires the operator of a network server to
+provide the source code of the modified version running there to the
+users of that server. Therefore, public use of a modified version, on
+a publicly accessible server, gives the public access to the source
+code of the modified version.
+
+An older license, called the Affero General Public License and
+published by Affero, was designed to accomplish similar goals. This is
+a different license, not a version of the Affero GPL, but Affero has
+released a new version of the Affero GPL which permits relicensing under
+this license.
+
+The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+                       TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+0. Definitions.
+
+"This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License.
+
+"Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
+works, such as semiconductor masks.
+
+"The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
+License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and
+"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
+
+To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
+in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
+exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
+earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
+
+A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
+on the Program.
+
+To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
+permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
+infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
+computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
+distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
+public, and in some countries other activities as well.
+
+To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
+parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through
+a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
+
+An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
+to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
+feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
+tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
+extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
+work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
+the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
+menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
+
+1. Source Code.
+
+The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
+for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source
+form of a work.
+
+A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
+standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
+interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
+is widely used among developers working in that language.
+
+The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
+than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
+packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
+Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
+Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
+implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
+"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
+(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
+(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
+produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
+
+The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
+the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
+work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
+control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
+System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
+programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
+which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
+includes interface definition files associated with source files for
+the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
+linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
+such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
+subprograms and other parts of the work.
+
+The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
+can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
+Source.
+
+The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
+same work.
+
+2. Basic Permissions.
+
+All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
+copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
+conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
+permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
+covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
+content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
+rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
+
+You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
+convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
+in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
+of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
+with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
+the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
+not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works
+for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
+and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
+your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
+
+Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
+the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
+makes it unnecessary.
+
+3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
+
+No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
+measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
+11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
+similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
+measures.
+
+When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
+circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
+is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
+the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
+modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
+users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
+technological measures.
+
+4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
+
+You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
+receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
+appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
+keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
+non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
+keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
+recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
+
+You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
+and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
+
+5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
+
+You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
+produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
+terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+    a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
+    it, and giving a relevant date.
+
+    b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
+    released under this License and any conditions added under section
+    7.  This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
+    "keep intact all notices".
+
+    c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
+    License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy.  This
+    License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
+    additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
+    regardless of how they are packaged.  This License gives no
+    permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
+    invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
+
+    d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
+    Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
+    interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
+    work need not make them do so.
+
+A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
+works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
+and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
+in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
+"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
+used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
+beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
+in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
+parts of the aggregate.
+
+6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
+
+You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
+of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
+machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
+in one of these ways:
+
+    a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
+    Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
+    customarily used for software interchange.
+
+    b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
+    written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
+    long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
+    model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
+    copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
+    product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
+    medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
+    more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
+    conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
+    Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
+
+    c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
+    written offer to provide the Corresponding Source.  This
+    alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
+    only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
+    with subsection 6b.
+
+    d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
+    place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
+    Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
+    further charge.  You need not require recipients to copy the
+    Corresponding Source along with the object code.  If the place to
+    copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
+    may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
+    that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
+    clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
+    Corresponding Source.  Regardless of what server hosts the
+    Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
+    available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
+
+    e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
+    you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
+    Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
+    charge under subsection 6d.
+
+A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
+from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
+included in conveying the object code work.
+
+A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
+tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
+or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
+into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
+doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
+product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
+typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
+of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
+actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product
+is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
+commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
+the only significant mode of use of the product.
+
+"Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
+procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
+and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
+a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
+suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
+code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
+modification has been made.
+
+If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
+specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
+part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
+User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
+fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
+Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
+by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
+if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
+modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
+been installed in ROM).
+
+The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
+requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
+for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
+the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
+network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
+adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
+protocols for communication across the network.
+
+Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
+in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
+documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
+source code form), and must require no special password or key for
+unpacking, reading or copying.
+
+7. Additional Terms.
+
+"Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
+License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
+Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
+be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
+that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
+apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
+under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
+this License without regard to the additional permissions.
+
+When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
+remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
+it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
+removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
+additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
+for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
+
+Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
+add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
+that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
+
+    a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
+    terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
+
+    b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
+    author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
+    Notices displayed by works containing it; or
+
+    c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
+    requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
+    reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
+
+    d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
+    authors of the material; or
+
+    e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
+    trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
+
+    f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
+    material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
+    it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
+    any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
+    those licensors and authors.
+
+All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
+restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
+received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
+governed by this License along with a term that is a further
+restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
+a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
+License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
+of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
+not survive such relicensing or conveying.
+
+If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
+must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
+additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
+where to find the applicable terms.
+
+Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
+form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
+the above requirements apply either way.
+
+8. Termination.
+
+You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
+provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
+modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
+this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
+paragraph of section 11).
+
+However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
+license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
+provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
+finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
+holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
+prior to 60 days after the cessation.
+
+Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
+reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
+violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
+received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
+copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
+your receipt of the notice.
+
+Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
+licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
+this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
+reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
+material under section 10.
+
+9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
+
+You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
+run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
+occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
+to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
+nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
+modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
+not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
+covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
+
+10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
+
+Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
+receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
+propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
+for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
+
+An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
+organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
+organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
+work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
+transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
+licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
+give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
+Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
+the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
+
+You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
+rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
+not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
+rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
+(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
+any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
+sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
+
+11. Patents.
+
+A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
+License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
+work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
+
+A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
+owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
+hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
+by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
+but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
+consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
+purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
+patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
+this License.
+
+Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
+patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
+make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
+propagate the contents of its contributor version.
+
+In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
+agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
+(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
+sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a
+party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
+patent against the party.
+
+If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
+and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
+to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
+publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
+then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
+available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
+patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
+consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
+license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have
+actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
+covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
+in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
+country that you have reason to believe are valid.
+
+If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
+arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
+covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
+receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
+or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
+you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
+work and works based on it.
+
+A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
+the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
+conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
+specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered
+work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
+in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
+to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
+the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
+parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
+patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
+conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
+for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
+contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
+or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
+
+Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
+any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
+otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
+
+12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
+
+If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
+covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
+not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
+to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
+the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
+License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
+
+13. Remote Network Interaction; Use with the GNU General Public License.
+
+Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, if you modify the
+Program, your modified version must prominently offer all users
+interacting with it remotely through a computer network (if your version
+supports such interaction) an opportunity to receive the Corresponding
+Source of your version by providing access to the Corresponding Source
+from a network server at no charge, through some standard or customary
+means of facilitating copying of software. This Corresponding Source
+shall include the Corresponding Source for any work covered by version 3
+of the GNU General Public License that is incorporated pursuant to the
+following paragraph.
+
+Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
+permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
+under version 3 of the GNU General Public License into a single
+combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this
+License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
+but the work with which it is combined will remain governed by version
+3 of the GNU General Public License.
+
+14. Revised Versions of this License.
+
+The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
+the GNU Affero General Public License from time to time. Such new versions
+will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
+Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU Affero General
+Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
+option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
+version or of any later version published by the Free Software
+Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the
+GNU Affero General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
+by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
+versions of the GNU Affero General Public License can be used, that proxy's
+public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
+to choose that version for the Program.
+
+Later license versions may give you additional or different
+permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
+author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
+later version.
+
+15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
+
+THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
+APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
+HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
+OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
+IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
+ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+16. Limitation of Liability.
+
+IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
+THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
+GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
+USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
+DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
+PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
+EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
+
+If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
+above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
+reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
+an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
+Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
+copy of the Program in return for a fee.
+
+                     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+            How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+    <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+If your software can interact with users remotely through a computer
+network, you should also make sure that it provides a way for users to
+get its source. For example, if your program is a web application, its
+interface could display a "Source" link that leads users to an archive
+of the code. There are many ways you could offer source, and different
+solutions will be better for different programs; see section 13 for the
+specific requirements.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
+if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
+For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU AGPL, see
+<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

Maerklin System Control.kicad_pro

@@ -1,671 +0,0 @@
-{
-  "board": {
-    "3dviewports": [],
-    "design_settings": {
-      "defaults": {
-        "apply_defaults_to_fp_fields": false,
-        "apply_defaults_to_fp_shapes": false,
-        "apply_defaults_to_fp_text": false,
-        "board_outline_line_width": 0.05,
-        "copper_line_width": 0.2,
-        "copper_text_italic": false,
-        "copper_text_size_h": 1.5,
-        "copper_text_size_v": 1.5,
-        "copper_text_thickness": 0.3,
-        "copper_text_upright": false,
-        "courtyard_line_width": 0.05,
-        "dimension_precision": 4,
-        "dimension_units": 3,
-        "dimensions": {
-          "arrow_length": 1270000,
-          "extension_offset": 500000,
-          "keep_text_aligned": true,
-          "suppress_zeroes": false,
-          "text_position": 0,
-          "units_format": 1
-        },
-        "fab_line_width": 0.1,
-        "fab_text_italic": false,
-        "fab_text_size_h": 1.0,
-        "fab_text_size_v": 1.0,
-        "fab_text_thickness": 0.15,
-        "fab_text_upright": false,
-        "other_line_width": 0.1,
-        "other_text_italic": false,
-        "other_text_size_h": 1.0,
-        "other_text_size_v": 1.0,
-        "other_text_thickness": 0.15,
-        "other_text_upright": false,
-        "pads": {
-          "drill": 0.762,
-          "height": 1.524,
-          "width": 1.524
-        },
-        "silk_line_width": 0.1,
-        "silk_text_italic": false,
-        "silk_text_size_h": 1.0,
-        "silk_text_size_v": 1.0,
-        "silk_text_thickness": 0.1,
-        "silk_text_upright": false,
-        "zones": {
-          "min_clearance": 0.5
-        }
-      },
-      "diff_pair_dimensions": [
-        {
-          "gap": 0.0,
-          "via_gap": 0.0,
-          "width": 0.0
-        }
-      ],
-      "drc_exclusions": [],
-      "meta": {
-        "version": 2
-      },
-      "rule_severities": {
-        "annular_width": "error",
-        "clearance": "error",
-        "connection_width": "warning",
-        "copper_edge_clearance": "error",
-        "copper_sliver": "warning",
-        "courtyards_overlap": "error",
-        "creepage": "error",
-        "diff_pair_gap_out_of_range": "error",
-        "diff_pair_uncoupled_length_too_long": "error",
-        "drill_out_of_range": "error",
-        "duplicate_footprints": "warning",
-        "extra_footprint": "warning",
-        "footprint": "error",
-        "footprint_filters_mismatch": "ignore",
-        "footprint_symbol_mismatch": "warning",
-        "footprint_type_mismatch": "ignore",
-        "hole_clearance": "error",
-        "hole_near_hole": "error",
-        "hole_to_hole": "error",
-        "holes_co_located": "warning",
-        "invalid_outline": "error",
-        "isolated_copper": "warning",
-        "item_on_disabled_layer": "error",
-        "items_not_allowed": "error",
-        "length_out_of_range": "error",
-        "lib_footprint_issues": "warning",
-        "lib_footprint_mismatch": "warning",
-        "malformed_courtyard": "error",
-        "microvia_drill_out_of_range": "error",
-        "mirrored_text_on_front_layer": "warning",
-        "missing_courtyard": "ignore",
-        "missing_footprint": "warning",
-        "net_conflict": "warning",
-        "nonmirrored_text_on_back_layer": "warning",
-        "npth_inside_courtyard": "ignore",
-        "padstack": "warning",
-        "pth_inside_courtyard": "ignore",
-        "shorting_items": "error",
-        "silk_edge_clearance": "warning",
-        "silk_over_copper": "warning",
-        "silk_overlap": "warning",
-        "skew_out_of_range": "error",
-        "solder_mask_bridge": "error",
-        "starved_thermal": "error",
-        "text_height": "warning",
-        "text_on_edge_cuts": "error",
-        "text_thickness": "warning",
-        "through_hole_pad_without_hole": "error",
-        "too_many_vias": "error",
-        "track_angle": "error",
-        "track_dangling": "warning",
-        "track_segment_length": "error",
-        "track_width": "error",
-        "tracks_crossing": "error",
-        "unconnected_items": "error",
-        "unresolved_variable": "error",
-        "via_dangling": "warning",
-        "zones_intersect": "error"
-      },
-      "rules": {
-        "max_error": 0.005,
-        "min_clearance": 0.0,
-        "min_connection": 0.0,
-        "min_copper_edge_clearance": 0.5,
-        "min_groove_width": 0.0,
-        "min_hole_clearance": 0.25,
-        "min_hole_to_hole": 0.25,
-        "min_microvia_diameter": 0.2,
-        "min_microvia_drill": 0.1,
-        "min_resolved_spokes": 1,
-        "min_silk_clearance": 0.0,
-        "min_text_height": 0.8,
-        "min_text_thickness": 0.08,
-        "min_through_hole_diameter": 0.3,
-        "min_track_width": 0.0,
-        "min_via_annular_width": 0.1,
-        "min_via_diameter": 0.5,
-        "solder_mask_to_copper_clearance": 0.005,
-        "use_height_for_length_calcs": true
-      },
-      "teardrop_options": [
-        {
-          "td_onpthpad": true,
-          "td_onroundshapesonly": false,
-          "td_onsmdpad": true,
-          "td_ontrackend": false,
-          "td_onvia": true
-        }
-      ],
-      "teardrop_parameters": [
-        {
-          "td_allow_use_two_tracks": true,
-          "td_curve_segcount": 0,
-          "td_height_ratio": 1.0,
-          "td_length_ratio": 0.5,
-          "td_maxheight": 2.0,
-          "td_maxlen": 1.0,
-          "td_on_pad_in_zone": false,
-          "td_target_name": "td_round_shape",
-          "td_width_to_size_filter_ratio": 0.9
-        },
-        {
-          "td_allow_use_two_tracks": true,
-          "td_curve_segcount": 0,
-          "td_height_ratio": 1.0,
-          "td_length_ratio": 0.5,
-          "td_maxheight": 2.0,
-          "td_maxlen": 1.0,
-          "td_on_pad_in_zone": false,
-          "td_target_name": "td_rect_shape",
-          "td_width_to_size_filter_ratio": 0.9
-        },
-        {
-          "td_allow_use_two_tracks": true,
-          "td_curve_segcount": 0,
-          "td_height_ratio": 1.0,
-          "td_length_ratio": 0.5,
-          "td_maxheight": 2.0,
-          "td_maxlen": 1.0,
-          "td_on_pad_in_zone": false,
-          "td_target_name": "td_track_end",
-          "td_width_to_size_filter_ratio": 0.9
-        }
-      ],
-      "track_widths": [
-        0.0,
-        0.25,
-        0.5
-      ],
-      "tuning_pattern_settings": {
-        "diff_pair_defaults": {
-          "corner_radius_percentage": 80,
-          "corner_style": 1,
-          "max_amplitude": 1.0,
-          "min_amplitude": 0.2,
-          "single_sided": false,
-          "spacing": 1.0
-        },
-        "diff_pair_skew_defaults": {
-          "corner_radius_percentage": 80,
-          "corner_style": 1,
-          "max_amplitude": 1.0,
-          "min_amplitude": 0.2,
-          "single_sided": false,
-          "spacing": 0.6
-        },
-        "single_track_defaults": {
-          "corner_radius_percentage": 80,
-          "corner_style": 1,
-          "max_amplitude": 1.0,
-          "min_amplitude": 0.2,
-          "single_sided": false,
-          "spacing": 0.6
-        }
-      },
-      "via_dimensions": [
-        {
-          "diameter": 0.0,
-          "drill": 0.0
-        }
-      ],
-      "zones_allow_external_fillets": false
-    },
-    "ipc2581": {
-      "dist": "",
-      "distpn": "",
-      "internal_id": "",
-      "mfg": "",
-      "mpn": ""
-    },
-    "layer_pairs": [],
-    "layer_presets": [],
-    "viewports": []
-  },
-  "boards": [],
-  "cvpcb": {
-    "equivalence_files": []
-  },
-  "erc": {
-    "erc_exclusions": [],
-    "meta": {
-      "version": 0
-    },
-    "pin_map": [
-      [
-        0,
-        0,
-        0,
-        0,
-        0,
-        0,
-        1,
-        0,
-        0,
-        0,
-        0,
-        2
-      ],
-      [
-        0,
-        2,
-        0,
-        1,
-        0,
-        0,
-        1,
-        0,
-        2,
-        2,
-        2,
-        2
-      ],
-      [
-        0,
-        0,
-        0,
-        0,
-        0,
-        0,
-        1,
-        0,
-        1,
-        0,
-        1,
-        2
-      ],
-      [
-        0,
-        1,
-        0,
-        0,
-        0,
-        0,
-        1,
-        1,
-        2,
-        1,
-        1,
-        2
-      ],
-      [
-        0,
-        0,
-        0,
-        0,
-        0,
-        0,
-        1,
-        0,
-        0,
-        0,
-        0,
-        2
-      ],
-      [
-        0,
-        0,
-        0,
-        0,
-        0,
-        0,
-        0,
-        0,
-        0,
-        0,
-        0,
-        2
-      ],
-      [
-        1,
-        1,
-        1,
-        1,
-        1,
-        0,
-        1,
-        1,
-        1,
-        1,
-        1,
-        2
-      ],
-      [
-        0,
-        0,
-        0,
-        1,
-        0,
-        0,
-        1,
-        0,
-        0,
-        0,
-        0,
-        2
-      ],
-      [
-        0,
-        2,
-        1,
-        2,
-        0,
-        0,
-        1,
-        0,
-        2,
-        2,
-        2,
-        2
-      ],
-      [
-        0,
-        2,
-        0,
-        1,
-        0,
-        0,
-        1,
-        0,
-        2,
-        0,
-        0,
-        2
-      ],
-      [
-        0,
-        2,
-        1,
-        1,
-        0,
-        0,
-        1,
-        0,
-        2,
-        0,
-        0,
-        2
-      ],
-      [
-        2,
-        2,
-        2,
-        2,
-        2,
-        2,
-        2,
-        2,
-        2,
-        2,
-        2,
-        2
-      ]
-    ],
-    "rule_severities": {
-      "bus_definition_conflict": "error",
-      "bus_entry_needed": "error",
-      "bus_to_bus_conflict": "error",
-      "bus_to_net_conflict": "error",
-      "conflicting_netclasses": "error",
-      "different_unit_footprint": "error",
-      "different_unit_net": "error",
-      "duplicate_reference": "error",
-      "duplicate_sheet_names": "error",
-      "endpoint_off_grid": "warning",
-      "extra_units": "error",
-      "footprint_filter": "ignore",
-      "footprint_link_issues": "warning",
-      "four_way_junction": "ignore",
-      "global_label_dangling": "warning",
-      "hier_label_mismatch": "error",
-      "label_dangling": "error",
-      "label_multiple_wires": "warning",
-      "lib_symbol_issues": "warning",
-      "lib_symbol_mismatch": "warning",
-      "missing_bidi_pin": "warning",
-      "missing_input_pin": "warning",
-      "missing_power_pin": "error",
-      "missing_unit": "warning",
-      "multiple_net_names": "warning",
-      "net_not_bus_member": "warning",
-      "no_connect_connected": "warning",
-      "no_connect_dangling": "warning",
-      "pin_not_connected": "error",
-      "pin_not_driven": "error",
-      "pin_to_pin": "error",
-      "power_pin_not_driven": "error",
-      "same_local_global_label": "warning",
-      "similar_label_and_power": "warning",
-      "similar_labels": "warning",
-      "similar_power": "warning",
-      "simulation_model_issue": "ignore",
-      "single_global_label": "ignore",
-      "unannotated": "error",
-      "unconnected_wire_endpoint": "warning",
-      "unit_value_mismatch": "error",
-      "unresolved_variable": "error",
-      "wire_dangling": "error"
-    }
-  },
-  "libraries": {
-    "pinned_footprint_libs": [
-      "wemos"
-    ],
-    "pinned_symbol_libs": [
-      "wemos",
-      "easyeda2kicad"
-    ]
-  },
-  "meta": {
-    "filename": "Maerklin System Control.kicad_pro",
-    "version": 3
-  },
-  "net_settings": {
-    "classes": [
-      {
-        "bus_width": 12,
-        "clearance": 0.2,
-        "diff_pair_gap": 0.25,
-        "diff_pair_via_gap": 0.25,
-        "diff_pair_width": 0.2,
-        "line_style": 0,
-        "microvia_diameter": 0.3,
-        "microvia_drill": 0.1,
-        "name": "Default",
-        "pcb_color": "rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.000)",
-        "priority": 2147483647,
-        "schematic_color": "rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.000)",
-        "track_width": 0.25,
-        "via_diameter": 0.6,
-        "via_drill": 0.3,
-        "wire_width": 6
-      },
-      {
-        "bus_width": 12,
-        "clearance": 0.2,
-        "diff_pair_gap": 0.55,
-        "diff_pair_width": 0.5,
-        "line_style": 0,
-        "microvia_diameter": 0.3,
-        "microvia_drill": 0.1,
-        "name": "+5V",
-        "pcb_color": "rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.000)",
-        "priority": 0,
-        "schematic_color": "rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.000)",
-        "track_width": 0.5,
-        "via_diameter": 0.6,
-        "via_drill": 0.3,
-        "wire_width": 6
-      },
-      {
-        "bus_width": 12,
-        "clearance": 0.2,
-        "diff_pair_gap": 0.25,
-        "diff_pair_width": 0.2,
-        "line_style": 0,
-        "microvia_diameter": 0.3,
-        "microvia_drill": 0.1,
-        "name": "DOUT",
-        "pcb_color": "rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.000)",
-        "priority": 1,
-        "schematic_color": "rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.000)",
-        "track_width": 0.3,
-        "via_diameter": 0.6,
-        "via_drill": 0.3,
-        "wire_width": 6
-      }
-    ],
-    "meta": {
-      "version": 4
-    },
-    "net_colors": null,
-    "netclass_assignments": null,
-    "netclass_patterns": [
-      {
-        "netclass": "+5V",
-        "pattern": "*5V"
-      },
-      {
-        "netclass": "DOUT",
-        "pattern": "DOUT"
-      }
-    ]
-  },
-  "pcbnew": {
-    "last_paths": {
-      "gencad": "",
-      "idf": "",
-      "netlist": "../../../../../../../../Applications/KiCad/",
-      "plot": "Production/",
-      "pos_files": "Production/",
-      "specctra_dsn": "",
-      "step": "Maerklin System Control.step",
-      "svg": "",
-      "vrml": ""
-    },
-    "page_layout_descr_file": ""
-  },
-  "schematic": {
-    "annotate_start_num": 0,
-    "bom_export_filename": "",
-    "bom_fmt_presets": [],
-    "bom_fmt_settings": {
-      "field_delimiter": ",",
-      "keep_line_breaks": false,
-      "keep_tabs": false,
-      "name": "CSV",
-      "ref_delimiter": ",",
-      "ref_range_delimiter": "",
-      "string_delimiter": "\""
-    },
-    "bom_presets": [],
-    "bom_settings": {
-      "exclude_dnp": false,
-      "fields_ordered": [
-        {
-          "group_by": false,
-          "label": "Reference",
-          "name": "Reference",
-          "show": true
-        },
-        {
-          "group_by": true,
-          "label": "Value",
-          "name": "Value",
-          "show": true
-        },
-        {
-          "group_by": false,
-          "label": "Datasheet",
-          "name": "Datasheet",
-          "show": true
-        },
-        {
-          "group_by": false,
-          "label": "Footprint",
-          "name": "Footprint",
-          "show": true
-        },
-        {
-          "group_by": false,
-          "label": "Qty",
-          "name": "${QUANTITY}",
-          "show": true
-        },
-        {
-          "group_by": true,
-          "label": "DNP",
-          "name": "${DNP}",
-          "show": true
-        }
-      ],
-      "filter_string": "",
-      "group_symbols": true,
-      "include_excluded_from_bom": false,
-      "name": "Grouped By Value",
-      "sort_asc": true,
-      "sort_field": "Reference"
-    },
-    "connection_grid_size": 50.0,
-    "drawing": {
-      "dashed_lines_dash_length_ratio": 12.0,
-      "dashed_lines_gap_length_ratio": 3.0,
-      "default_line_thickness": 6.0,
-      "default_text_size": 50.0,
-      "field_names": [],
-      "intersheets_ref_own_page": false,
-      "intersheets_ref_prefix": "",
-      "intersheets_ref_short": false,
-      "intersheets_ref_show": false,
-      "intersheets_ref_suffix": "",
-      "junction_size_choice": 3,
-      "label_size_ratio": 0.375,
-      "operating_point_overlay_i_precision": 3,
-      "operating_point_overlay_i_range": "~A",
-      "operating_point_overlay_v_precision": 3,
-      "operating_point_overlay_v_range": "~V",
-      "overbar_offset_ratio": 1.23,
-      "pin_symbol_size": 25.0,
-      "text_offset_ratio": 0.15
-    },
-    "legacy_lib_dir": "",
-    "legacy_lib_list": [],
-    "meta": {
-      "version": 1
-    },
-    "net_format_name": "",
-    "page_layout_descr_file": "",
-    "plot_directory": "",
-    "space_save_all_events": true,
-    "spice_current_sheet_as_root": false,
-    "spice_external_command": "spice \"%I\"",
-    "spice_model_current_sheet_as_root": true,
-    "spice_save_all_currents": false,
-    "spice_save_all_dissipations": false,
-    "spice_save_all_voltages": false,
-    "subpart_first_id": 65,
-    "subpart_id_separator": 0
-  },
-  "sheets": [
-    [
-      "3f36a0ad-b1c0-412e-a225-00e05b89b09f",
-      "Root"
-    ]
-  ],
-  "text_variables": {}
-}

README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+# System Control
+
+See the [wiki](https://wiki.mars3142.dev/project/maerklin/system_control/start) for more information.

firmware/.clang-format

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+---
+BasedOnStyle: Microsoft

firmware/.clang-tidy

@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+Checks: >
+  -*,
+  bugprone-*,
+  misc-include-cleaner,
+  modernize-use-nullptr,
+  readability-identifier-naming
+
+WarningsAsErrors: ''
+
+HeaderFilterRegex: '.*'
+
+CheckOptions:
+  - key: misc-include-cleaner.IgnoreHeaders
+    value: ''

firmware/.devcontainer/Dockerfile

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+ARG DOCKER_TAG=latest
+FROM espressif/idf:${DOCKER_TAG}
+
+ENV LC_ALL=C.UTF-8
+ENV LANG=C.UTF-8
+
+RUN apt-get update -y && apt-get install udev -y
+
+RUN echo "source /opt/esp/idf/export.sh > /dev/null 2>&1" >> ~/.bashrc
+
+ENTRYPOINT [ "/opt/esp/entrypoint.sh" ]
+
+CMD ["/bin/bash", "-c"]

firmware/.devcontainer/devcontainer.json

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+{
+	"name": "ESP-IDF QEMU",
+	"build": {
+		"dockerfile": "Dockerfile"
+	},
+	"customizations": {
+		"vscode": {
+			"settings": {
+				"terminal.integrated.defaultProfile.linux": "bash",
+				"idf.espIdfPath": "/opt/esp/idf",
+				"idf.toolsPath": "/opt/esp",
+				"idf.gitPath": "/usr/bin/git"
+			},
+			"extensions": [
+				"espressif.esp-idf-extension",
+				"espressif.esp-idf-web"
+			]
+		}
+	},
+	"runArgs": ["--privileged"]
+}

firmware/.gitignore

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+# esp-idf
+build/
+build-release/
+managed_components/
+sdkconfig
+sdkconfig.old
+dependencies.lock
+config.env
+kconfigs_projbuild.in
+kconfigs.in
+config/
+
+# cmake
+cmake-build-debug
+CMakeCache.txt
+cmake_install.cmake
+install_manifest.txt
+CMakeFiles/
+CTestTestfile.cmake
+CMakeScripts
+compile_commands.json
+
+# They ignored Idea (Webstorm) completely
+.idea/
+.cache/
+
+# However, they kept the following 4 files version controlled
+.vscode/*
+!.vscode/tasks.json
+!.vscode/launch.json
+!.vscode/extensions.json
+.history/*
+__pycache__
+_deps/
+.cmake/
+.ninja_*
+bin/
+components/**/*.a
+*.ninja
+Testing/*
+
+**/insights_auth_key.txt

firmware/.vscode/launch.json

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+{
+  "version": "0.2.0",
+  "configurations": [
+    {
+      "type": "gdbtarget",
+      "request": "attach",
+      "name": "Eclipse CDT GDB Adapter"
+    },
+    {
+      "type": "espidf",
+      "name": "Launch",
+      "request": "launch"
+    }
+  ]
+}

firmware/CMakeLists.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 3.5)
+
+include($ENV{IDF_PATH}/tools/cmake/project.cmake)
+project(system_control)

firmware/LICENSE

@@ -0,0 +1,661 @@
+                    GNU AFFERO GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+                       Version 3, 19 November 2007
+
+Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
+Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+                            Preamble
+
+The GNU Affero General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
+software and other kinds of works, specifically designed to ensure
+cooperation with the community in the case of network server software.
+
+The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
+to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
+our General Public Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to
+share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
+software for all its users.
+
+When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
+want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
+free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
+
+Developers that use our General Public Licenses protect your rights
+with two steps: (1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer
+you this License which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute
+and/or modify the software.
+
+A secondary benefit of defending all users' freedom is that
+improvements made in alternate versions of the program, if they
+receive widespread use, become available for other developers to
+incorporate. Many developers of free software are heartened and
+encouraged by the resulting cooperation. However, in the case of
+software used on network servers, this result may fail to come about.
+The GNU General Public License permits making a modified version and
+letting the public access it on a server without ever releasing its
+source code to the public.
+
+The GNU Affero General Public License is designed specifically to
+ensure that, in such cases, the modified source code becomes available
+to the community. It requires the operator of a network server to
+provide the source code of the modified version running there to the
+users of that server. Therefore, public use of a modified version, on
+a publicly accessible server, gives the public access to the source
+code of the modified version.
+
+An older license, called the Affero General Public License and
+published by Affero, was designed to accomplish similar goals. This is
+a different license, not a version of the Affero GPL, but Affero has
+released a new version of the Affero GPL which permits relicensing under
+this license.
+
+The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+                       TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+0. Definitions.
+
+"This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License.
+
+"Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
+works, such as semiconductor masks.
+
+"The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
+License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and
+"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
+
+To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
+in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
+exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
+earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
+
+A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
+on the Program.
+
+To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
+permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
+infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
+computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
+distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
+public, and in some countries other activities as well.
+
+To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
+parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through
+a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
+
+An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
+to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
+feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
+tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
+extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
+work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
+the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
+menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
+
+1. Source Code.
+
+The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
+for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source
+form of a work.
+
+A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
+standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
+interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
+is widely used among developers working in that language.
+
+The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
+than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
+packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
+Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
+Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
+implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
+"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
+(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
+(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
+produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
+
+The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
+the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
+work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
+control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
+System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
+programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
+which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
+includes interface definition files associated with source files for
+the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
+linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
+such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
+subprograms and other parts of the work.
+
+The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
+can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
+Source.
+
+The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
+same work.
+
+2. Basic Permissions.
+
+All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
+copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
+conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
+permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
+covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
+content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
+rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
+
+You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
+convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
+in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
+of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
+with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
+the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
+not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works
+for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
+and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
+your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
+
+Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
+the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
+makes it unnecessary.
+
+3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
+
+No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
+measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
+11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
+similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
+measures.
+
+When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
+circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
+is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
+the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
+modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
+users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
+technological measures.
+
+4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
+
+You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
+receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
+appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
+keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
+non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
+keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
+recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
+
+You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
+and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
+
+5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
+
+You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
+produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
+terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+    a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
+    it, and giving a relevant date.
+
+    b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
+    released under this License and any conditions added under section
+    7.  This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
+    "keep intact all notices".
+
+    c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
+    License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy.  This
+    License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
+    additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
+    regardless of how they are packaged.  This License gives no
+    permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
+    invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
+
+    d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
+    Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
+    interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
+    work need not make them do so.
+
+A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
+works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
+and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
+in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
+"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
+used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
+beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
+in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
+parts of the aggregate.
+
+6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
+
+You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
+of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
+machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
+in one of these ways:
+
+    a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
+    Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
+    customarily used for software interchange.
+
+    b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
+    written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
+    long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
+    model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
+    copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
+    product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
+    medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
+    more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
+    conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
+    Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
+
+    c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
+    written offer to provide the Corresponding Source.  This
+    alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
+    only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
+    with subsection 6b.
+
+    d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
+    place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
+    Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
+    further charge.  You need not require recipients to copy the
+    Corresponding Source along with the object code.  If the place to
+    copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
+    may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
+    that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
+    clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
+    Corresponding Source.  Regardless of what server hosts the
+    Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
+    available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
+
+    e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
+    you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
+    Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
+    charge under subsection 6d.
+
+A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
+from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
+included in conveying the object code work.
+
+A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
+tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
+or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
+into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
+doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
+product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
+typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
+of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
+actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product
+is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
+commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
+the only significant mode of use of the product.
+
+"Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
+procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
+and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
+a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
+suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
+code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
+modification has been made.
+
+If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
+specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
+part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
+User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
+fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
+Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
+by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
+if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
+modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
+been installed in ROM).
+
+The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
+requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
+for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
+the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
+network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
+adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
+protocols for communication across the network.
+
+Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
+in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
+documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
+source code form), and must require no special password or key for
+unpacking, reading or copying.
+
+7. Additional Terms.
+
+"Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
+License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
+Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
+be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
+that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
+apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
+under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
+this License without regard to the additional permissions.
+
+When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
+remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
+it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
+removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
+additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
+for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
+
+Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
+add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
+that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
+
+    a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
+    terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
+
+    b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
+    author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
+    Notices displayed by works containing it; or
+
+    c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
+    requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
+    reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
+
+    d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
+    authors of the material; or
+
+    e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
+    trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
+
+    f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
+    material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
+    it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
+    any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
+    those licensors and authors.
+
+All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
+restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
+received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
+governed by this License along with a term that is a further
+restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
+a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
+License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
+of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
+not survive such relicensing or conveying.
+
+If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
+must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
+additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
+where to find the applicable terms.
+
+Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
+form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
+the above requirements apply either way.
+
+8. Termination.
+
+You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
+provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
+modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
+this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
+paragraph of section 11).
+
+However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
+license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
+provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
+finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
+holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
+prior to 60 days after the cessation.
+
+Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
+reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
+violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
+received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
+copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
+your receipt of the notice.
+
+Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
+licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
+this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
+reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
+material under section 10.
+
+9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
+
+You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
+run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
+occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
+to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
+nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
+modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
+not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
+covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
+
+10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
+
+Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
+receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
+propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
+for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
+
+An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
+organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
+organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
+work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
+transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
+licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
+give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
+Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
+the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
+
+You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
+rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
+not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
+rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
+(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
+any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
+sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
+
+11. Patents.
+
+A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
+License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
+work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
+
+A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
+owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
+hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
+by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
+but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
+consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
+purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
+patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
+this License.
+
+Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
+patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
+make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
+propagate the contents of its contributor version.
+
+In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
+agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
+(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
+sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a
+party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
+patent against the party.
+
+If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
+and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
+to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
+publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
+then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
+available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
+patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
+consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
+license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have
+actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
+covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
+in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
+country that you have reason to believe are valid.
+
+If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
+arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
+covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
+receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
+or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
+you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
+work and works based on it.
+
+A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
+the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
+conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
+specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered
+work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
+in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
+to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
+the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
+parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
+patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
+conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
+for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
+contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
+or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
+
+Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
+any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
+otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
+
+12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
+
+If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
+covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
+not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
+to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
+the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
+License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
+
+13. Remote Network Interaction; Use with the GNU General Public License.
+
+Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, if you modify the
+Program, your modified version must prominently offer all users
+interacting with it remotely through a computer network (if your version
+supports such interaction) an opportunity to receive the Corresponding
+Source of your version by providing access to the Corresponding Source
+from a network server at no charge, through some standard or customary
+means of facilitating copying of software. This Corresponding Source
+shall include the Corresponding Source for any work covered by version 3
+of the GNU General Public License that is incorporated pursuant to the
+following paragraph.
+
+Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
+permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
+under version 3 of the GNU General Public License into a single
+combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this
+License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
+but the work with which it is combined will remain governed by version
+3 of the GNU General Public License.
+
+14. Revised Versions of this License.
+
+The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
+the GNU Affero General Public License from time to time. Such new versions
+will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
+Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU Affero General
+Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
+option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
+version or of any later version published by the Free Software
+Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the
+GNU Affero General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
+by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
+versions of the GNU Affero General Public License can be used, that proxy's
+public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
+to choose that version for the Program.
+
+Later license versions may give you additional or different
+permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
+author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
+later version.
+
+15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
+
+THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
+APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
+HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
+OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
+IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
+ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+16. Limitation of Liability.
+
+IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
+THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
+GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
+USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
+DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
+PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
+EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
+
+If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
+above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
+reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
+an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
+Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
+copy of the Program in return for a fee.
+
+                     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+            How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+    <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+If your software can interact with users remotely through a computer
+network, you should also make sure that it provides a way for users to
+get its source. For example, if your program is a web application, its
+interface could display a "Source" link that leads users to an archive
+of the code. There are many ways you could offer source, and different
+solutions will be better for different programs; see section 13 for the
+specific requirements.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
+if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
+For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU AGPL, see
+<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

firmware/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+release:
+	idf.py -B build-release -DSDKCONFIG_DEFAULTS="sdkconfig.defaults;sdkconfig.release" fullclean build

firmware/README-API.md

@@ -0,0 +1,722 @@
+# System Control - API Documentation
+
+This document describes all REST API endpoints and WebSocket messages required for the ESP32 firmware implementation.
+
+## Table of Contents
+
+- [REST API Endpoints](#rest-api-endpoints)
+  - [WiFi](#wifi)
+  - [Light Control](#light-control)
+  - [Schema](#schema)
+  - [Devices](#devices)
+  - [Scenes](#scenes)
+- [WebSocket](#websocket)
+  - [Connection](#connection)
+  - [Client to Server Messages](#client-to-server-messages)
+  - [Server to Client Messages](#server-to-client-messages)
+
+---
+
+## REST API Endpoints
+
+### WiFi
+
+#### Scan Networks
+
+Scans for available WiFi networks.
+
+- **URL:** `/api/wifi/scan`
+- **Method:** `GET`
+- **Response:**
+
+```json
+[
+  {
+    "ssid": "NetworkName",
+    "rssi": -45
+  },
+  {
+    "ssid": "AnotherNetwork",
+    "rssi": -72
+  }
+]
+```
+
+| Field | Type   | Description                        |
+|-------|--------|------------------------------------|
+| ssid  | string | Network name (SSID)                |
+| rssi  | number | Signal strength in dBm             |
+
+---
+
+#### Save WiFi Configuration
+
+Saves WiFi credentials and initiates connection.
+
+- **URL:** `/api/wifi/config`
+- **Method:** `POST`
+- **Content-Type:** `application/json`
+- **Request Body:**
+
+```json
+{
+  "ssid": "NetworkName",
+  "password": "SecretPassword123"
+}
+```
+
+| Field    | Type   | Required | Description       |
+|----------|--------|----------|-------------------|
+| ssid     | string | Yes      | Network name      |
+| password | string | No       | Network password  |
+
+- **Response:** `200 OK` on success, `400 Bad Request` on error
+
+---
+
+#### Get WiFi Status
+
+Returns current WiFi connection status.
+
+- **URL:** `/api/wifi/status`
+- **Method:** `GET`
+- **Response:**
+
+```json
+{
+  "connected": true,
+  "ssid": "NetworkName",
+  "ip": "192.168.1.100",
+  "rssi": -45
+}
+```
+
+| Field     | Type    | Description                              |
+|-----------|---------|------------------------------------------|
+| connected | boolean | Whether connected to a network           |
+| ssid      | string  | Connected network name (if connected)    |
+| ip        | string  | Assigned IP address (if connected)       |
+| rssi      | number  | Signal strength in dBm (if connected)    |
+
+---
+
+### Light Control
+
+#### Set Light Power
+
+Turns the main light on or off.
+
+- **URL:** `/api/light/power`
+- **Method:** `POST`
+- **Content-Type:** `application/json`
+- **Request Body:**
+
+```json
+{
+  "on": true
+}
+```
+
+| Field | Type    | Required | Description              |
+|-------|---------|----------|--------------------------|
+| on    | boolean | Yes      | `true` = on, `false` = off |
+
+- **Response:** `200 OK` on success
+
+---
+
+#### Set Light Mode
+
+Sets the lighting mode.
+
+- **URL:** `/api/light/mode`
+- **Method:** `POST`
+- **Content-Type:** `application/json`
+- **Request Body:**
+
+```json
+{
+  "mode": "simulation"
+}
+```
+
+| Field | Type   | Required | Description                                    |
+|-------|--------|----------|------------------------------------------------|
+| mode  | string | Yes      | One of: `day`, `night`, `simulation`           |
+
+- **Response:** `200 OK` on success
+
+---
+
+#### Set Active Schema
+
+Sets the active schema for simulation mode.
+
+- **URL:** `/api/light/schema`
+- **Method:** `POST`
+- **Content-Type:** `application/json`
+- **Request Body:**
+
+```json
+{
+  "schema": "schema_01.csv"
+}
+```
+
+| Field  | Type   | Required | Description                                           |
+|--------|--------|----------|-------------------------------------------------------|
+| schema | string | Yes      | Schema filename: `schema_01.csv`, `schema_02.csv`, etc. |
+
+- **Response:** `200 OK` on success
+
+---
+
+#### Get Light Status
+
+Returns current light status (alternative to WebSocket).
+
+- **URL:** `/api/light/status`
+- **Method:** `GET`
+- **Response:**
+
+```json
+{
+  "on": true,
+  "mode": "simulation",
+  "schema": "schema_01.csv",
+  "color": {
+    "r": 255,
+    "g": 240,
+    "b": 220
+  }
+}
+```
+
+| Field  | Type    | Description                          |
+|--------|---------|--------------------------------------|
+| on     | boolean | Current power state                  |
+| mode   | string  | Current mode (day/night/simulation)  |
+| schema | string  | Active schema filename               |
+| color  | object  | Current RGB color being displayed    |
+
+---
+
+### Schema
+
+#### Load Schema
+
+Loads a schema file.
+
+- **URL:** `/api/schema/{filename}`
+- **Method:** `GET`
+- **URL Parameters:**
+  - `filename`: Schema file name (e.g., `schema_01.csv`)
+- **Response:** CSV text data
+
+```
+255,240,220,0,100,250
+255,230,200,0,120,250
+...
+```
+
+The CSV format has 48 rows (one per 30-minute interval) with 6 values per row:
+
+| Column | Description                    | Range   |
+|--------|--------------------------------|---------|
+| 1      | Red (R)                        | 0-255   |
+| 2      | Green (G)                      | 0-255   |
+| 3      | Blue (B)                       | 0-255   |
+| 4      | Value 1 (V1) - custom value    | 0-255   |
+| 5      | Value 2 (V2) - custom value    | 0-255   |
+| 6      | Value 3 (V3) - custom value    | 0-255   |
+
+---
+
+#### Save Schema
+
+Saves a schema file.
+
+- **URL:** `/api/schema/{filename}`
+- **Method:** `POST`
+- **Content-Type:** `text/csv`
+- **URL Parameters:**
+  - `filename`: Schema file name (e.g., `schema_01.csv`)
+- **Request Body:** CSV text data (same format as above)
+- **Response:** `200 OK` on success
+
+---
+
+### Devices
+
+#### Scan for Devices
+
+Scans for available Matter devices to pair.
+
+- **URL:** `/api/devices/scan`
+- **Method:** `GET`
+- **Response:**
+
+```json
+[
+  {
+    "id": "matter-001",
+    "type": "light",
+    "name": "Matter Lamp"
+  },
+  {
+    "id": "matter-002",
+    "type": "sensor",
+    "name": "Temperature Sensor"
+  }
+]
+```
+
+| Field | Type   | Description                                   |
+|-------|--------|-----------------------------------------------|
+| id    | string | Unique device identifier                      |
+| type  | string | Device type: `light`, `sensor`, `unknown`     |
+| name  | string | Device name (can be empty)                    |
+
+---
+
+#### Pair Device
+
+Pairs a discovered device.
+
+- **URL:** `/api/devices/pair`
+- **Method:** `POST`
+- **Content-Type:** `application/json`
+- **Request Body:**
+
+```json
+{
+  "id": "matter-001",
+  "name": "Living Room Lamp"
+}
+```
+
+| Field | Type   | Required | Description                  |
+|-------|--------|----------|------------------------------|
+| id    | string | Yes      | Device ID from scan          |
+| name  | string | Yes      | User-defined device name     |
+
+- **Response:** `200 OK` on success
+
+---
+
+#### Get Paired Devices
+
+Returns list of all paired devices.
+
+- **URL:** `/api/devices/paired`
+- **Method:** `GET`
+- **Response:**
+
+```json
+[
+  {
+    "id": "matter-001",
+    "type": "light",
+    "name": "Living Room Lamp"
+  }
+]
+```
+
+| Field | Type   | Description                               |
+|-------|--------|-------------------------------------------|
+| id    | string | Unique device identifier                  |
+| type  | string | Device type: `light`, `sensor`, `unknown` |
+| name  | string | User-defined device name                  |
+
+---
+
+#### Update Device Name
+
+Updates the name of a paired device.
+
+- **URL:** `/api/devices/update`
+- **Method:** `POST`
+- **Content-Type:** `application/json`
+- **Request Body:**
+
+```json
+{
+  "id": "matter-001",
+  "name": "New Device Name"
+}
+```
+
+| Field | Type   | Required | Description            |
+|-------|--------|----------|------------------------|
+| id    | string | Yes      | Device ID              |
+| name  | string | Yes      | New device name        |
+
+- **Response:** `200 OK` on success
+
+---
+
+#### Unpair Device
+
+Removes a paired device.
+
+- **URL:** `/api/devices/unpair`
+- **Method:** `POST`
+- **Content-Type:** `application/json`
+- **Request Body:**
+
+```json
+{
+  "id": "matter-001"
+}
+```
+
+| Field | Type   | Required | Description   |
+|-------|--------|----------|---------------|
+| id    | string | Yes      | Device ID     |
+
+- **Response:** `200 OK` on success
+
+---
+
+#### Toggle Device
+
+Toggles a device (e.g., light on/off).
+
+- **URL:** `/api/devices/toggle`
+- **Method:** `POST`
+- **Content-Type:** `application/json`
+- **Request Body:**
+
+```json
+{
+  "id": "matter-001"
+}
+```
+
+| Field | Type   | Required | Description   |
+|-------|--------|----------|---------------|
+| id    | string | Yes      | Device ID     |
+
+- **Response:** `200 OK` on success
+
+---
+
+### Scenes
+
+#### Get All Scenes
+
+Returns all configured scenes.
+
+- **URL:** `/api/scenes`
+- **Method:** `GET`
+- **Response:**
+
+```json
+[
+  {
+    "id": "scene-1",
+    "name": "Evening Mood",
+    "icon": "🌅",
+    "actions": {
+      "light": "on",
+      "mode": "simulation",
+      "schema": "schema_02.csv",
+      "devices": [
+        {
+          "id": "matter-001",
+          "state": "on"
+        }
+      ]
+    }
+  },
+  {
+    "id": "scene-2",
+    "name": "Night Mode",
+    "icon": "🌙",
+    "actions": {
+      "light": "on",
+      "mode": "night"
+    }
+  }
+]
+```
+
+**Scene Object:**
+
+| Field   | Type   | Description                        |
+|---------|--------|------------------------------------|
+| id      | string | Unique scene identifier            |
+| name    | string | Scene name                         |
+| icon    | string | Emoji icon for the scene           |
+| actions | object | Actions to execute (see below)     |
+
+**Actions Object:**
+
+| Field   | Type   | Optional | Description                              |
+|---------|--------|----------|------------------------------------------|
+| light   | string | Yes      | `"on"` or `"off"`                        |
+| mode    | string | Yes      | `"day"`, `"night"`, or `"simulation"`    |
+| schema  | string | Yes      | Schema filename (e.g., `schema_01.csv`)  |
+| devices | array  | Yes      | Array of device actions (see below)      |
+
+**Device Action Object:**
+
+| Field | Type   | Description                      |
+|-------|--------|----------------------------------|
+| id    | string | Device ID                        |
+| state | string | `"on"` or `"off"`                |
+
+---
+
+#### Create/Update Scene
+
+Creates a new scene or updates an existing one.
+
+- **URL:** `/api/scenes`
+- **Method:** `POST`
+- **Content-Type:** `application/json`
+- **Request Body:**
+
+```json
+{
+  "id": "scene-1",
+  "name": "Evening Mood",
+  "icon": "🌅",
+  "actions": {
+    "light": "on",
+    "mode": "simulation",
+    "schema": "schema_02.csv",
+    "devices": [
+      {
+        "id": "matter-001",
+        "state": "on"
+      }
+    ]
+  }
+}
+```
+
+- **Response:** `200 OK` on success
+
+---
+
+#### Delete Scene
+
+Deletes a scene.
+
+- **URL:** `/api/scenes`
+- **Method:** `DELETE`
+- **Content-Type:** `application/json`
+- **Request Body:**
+
+```json
+{
+  "id": "scene-1"
+}
+```
+
+| Field | Type   | Required | Description   |
+|-------|--------|----------|---------------|
+| id    | string | Yes      | Scene ID      |
+
+- **Response:** `200 OK` on success
+
+---
+
+#### Activate Scene
+
+Executes all actions of a scene.
+
+- **URL:** `/api/scenes/activate`
+- **Method:** `POST`
+- **Content-Type:** `application/json`
+- **Request Body:**
+
+```json
+{
+  "id": "scene-1"
+}
+```
+
+| Field | Type   | Required | Description   |
+|-------|--------|----------|---------------|
+| id    | string | Yes      | Scene ID      |
+
+- **Response:** `200 OK` on success
+
+---
+
+## WebSocket
+
+### Connection
+
+- **URL:** `ws://{host}/ws` or `wss://{host}/ws`
+- **Protocol:** JSON messages
+
+The WebSocket connection is used for real-time status updates. The client should reconnect automatically if the connection is lost (recommended: 3 second delay).
+
+---
+
+### Client to Server Messages
+
+#### Request Status
+
+Requests the current system status.
+
+```json
+{
+  "type": "getStatus"
+}
+```
+
+---
+
+### Server to Client Messages
+
+#### Status Update
+
+Sent in response to `getStatus` or when status changes.
+
+```json
+{
+  "type": "status",
+  "on": true,
+  "mode": "simulation",
+  "schema": "schema_01.csv",
+  "color": {
+    "r": 255,
+    "g": 240,
+    "b": 220
+  }
+}
+```
+
+| Field  | Type    | Description                          |
+|--------|---------|--------------------------------------|
+| type   | string  | Always `"status"`                    |
+| on     | boolean | Light power state                    |
+| mode   | string  | Current mode (day/night/simulation)  |
+| schema | string  | Active schema filename               |
+| color  | object  | Current RGB color (optional)         |
+
+---
+
+#### Color Update
+
+Sent when the current color changes (during simulation).
+
+```json
+{
+  "type": "color",
+  "r": 255,
+  "g": 200,
+  "b": 150
+}
+```
+
+| Field | Type   | Description              |
+|-------|--------|--------------------------|
+| type  | string | Always `"color"`         |
+| r     | number | Red value (0-255)        |
+| g     | number | Green value (0-255)      |
+| b     | number | Blue value (0-255)       |
+
+---
+
+#### WiFi Status Update
+
+Sent when WiFi connection status changes.
+
+```json
+{
+  "type": "wifi",
+  "connected": true,
+  "ip": "192.168.1.100",
+  "rssi": -45
+}
+```
+
+| Field     | Type    | Description                           |
+|-----------|---------|---------------------------------------|
+| type      | string  | Always `"wifi"`                       |
+| connected | boolean | Whether connected to a network        |
+| ip        | string  | Assigned IP address (if connected)    |
+| rssi      | number  | Signal strength in dBm (if connected) |
+
+---
+
+## Static Files
+
+The web interface files should be served from the `/storage/www/` directory:
+
+| Path                 | Description                                    |
+|----------------------|------------------------------------------------|
+| `/`                  | Serves `index.html` (or `captive.html` in AP mode) |
+| `/index.html`        | Main HTML file (full interface)                |
+| `/captive.html`      | Captive portal (WiFi setup only)               |
+| `/css/shared.css`    | Shared styles for all pages                    |
+| `/css/index.css`     | Styles for main interface                      |
+| `/css/captive.css`   | Styles for captive portal                      |
+| `/js/wifi-shared.js` | Shared WiFi configuration logic                |
+| `/js/*.js`           | JavaScript modules                             |
+
+---
+
+## Captive Portal
+
+When the ESP32 is in Access Point (AP) mode (no WiFi configured or connection failed), it should serve the captive portal:
+
+### Behavior
+
+1. **AP Mode Activation:**
+   - ESP32 creates an access point (e.g., "marklin-setup")
+   - DNS server redirects all requests to the ESP32's IP (captive portal detection)
+
+2. **Captive Portal Detection:**
+   - Respond to common captive portal detection URLs:
+     - `/generate_204` (Android)
+     - `/hotspot-detect.html` (Apple)
+     - `/connecttest.txt` (Windows)
+   - Return redirect or serve `captive.html`
+
+3. **Serving Files in AP Mode:**
+   - `/` → `captive.html`
+   - `/captive.html` → Captive portal page
+   - `/js/wifi-shared.js` → WiFi functions
+   - API endpoints remain the same (`/api/wifi/*`)
+
+4. **After Successful Configuration:**
+   - ESP32 attempts to connect to the configured network
+   - If successful, switch to Station mode and serve `index.html`
+   - If failed, remain in AP mode
+
+### Recommended AP Settings
+
+| Setting       | Value                    |
+|---------------|--------------------------|
+| SSID          | `marklin-setup`          |
+| Password      | None (open) or `marklin` |
+| IP Address    | `192.168.4.1`            |
+| Gateway       | `192.168.4.1`            |
+| Subnet        | `255.255.255.0`          |
+
+---
+
+## Error Handling
+
+All endpoints should return appropriate HTTP status codes:
+
+| Code | Description                           |
+|------|---------------------------------------|
+| 200  | Success                               |
+| 400  | Bad Request (invalid input)           |
+| 404  | Not Found (resource doesn't exist)    |
+| 500  | Internal Server Error                 |
+
+Error responses should include a JSON body with an error message:
+
+```json
+{
+  "error": "Description of what went wrong"
+}
+```

firmware/README-captive.md

@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
+# Captive Portal Implementation Guide
+
+This document describes how to implement the captive portal functionality on the ESP32 side to work with `captive.html`.
+
+## Overview
+
+When the ESP32 has no WiFi credentials stored (or connection fails), it should start in Access Point (AP) mode and serve a captive portal that allows users to configure WiFi settings.
+
+## How Captive Portal Detection Works
+
+Operating systems automatically send HTTP requests to known URLs to check for internet connectivity:
+
+| OS | Detection URL | Expected Response |
+|---|---|---|
+| **iOS/macOS** | `http://captive.apple.com/hotspot-detect.html` | `<HTML><HEAD><TITLE>Success</TITLE></HEAD><BODY>Success</BODY></HTML>` |
+| **Android** | `http://connectivitycheck.gstatic.com/generate_204` | HTTP 204 No Content |
+| **Windows** | `http://www.msftconnecttest.com/connecttest.txt` | `Microsoft Connect Test` |
+
+If the response doesn't match, the OS assumes there's a captive portal and opens a browser.
+
+## ESP32 Implementation Steps
+
+### 1. Start Access Point Mode
+
+```c
+wifi_config_t ap_config = {
+    .ap = {
+        .ssid = "SystemControl-Setup",
+        .ssid_len = 0,
+        .password = "",  // Open network for easy access
+        .max_connection = 4,
+        .authmode = WIFI_AUTH_OPEN
+    }
+};
+esp_wifi_set_mode(WIFI_MODE_AP);
+esp_wifi_set_config(WIFI_IF_AP, &ap_config);
+esp_wifi_start();
+```
+
+### 2. Start DNS Server (DNS Hijacking)
+
+Redirect ALL DNS queries to the ESP32's IP address:
+
+```c
+// Simplified example - use a proper DNS server component
+void dns_server_task(void *pvParameters) {
+    // Listen on UDP port 53
+    // For any DNS query, respond with ESP32's AP IP (e.g., 192.168.4.1)
+}
+```
+
+### 3. Configure HTTP Server with Redirects
+
+```c
+// Handler for captive portal detection URLs
+esp_err_t captive_redirect_handler(httpd_req_t *req) {
+    httpd_resp_set_status(req, "302 Found");
+    httpd_resp_set_hdr(req, "Location", "http://192.168.4.1/captive.html");
+    httpd_resp_send(req, NULL, 0);
+    return ESP_OK;
+}
+
+// Register handlers for detection URLs
+httpd_uri_t apple_detect = {
+    .uri = "/hotspot-detect.html",
+    .method = HTTP_GET,
+    .handler = captive_redirect_handler
+};
+
+httpd_uri_t android_detect = {
+    .uri = "/generate_204",
+    .method = HTTP_GET,
+    .handler = captive_redirect_handler
+};
+
+// Catch-all for any unknown paths
+httpd_uri_t catch_all = {
+    .uri = "/*",
+    .method = HTTP_GET,
+    .handler = captive_redirect_handler
+};
+```
+
+### 4. Serve Static Files
+
+Serve the captive portal files from SPIFFS/LittleFS:
+
+- `/captive.html` - Main captive portal page
+- `/favicon.svg` - Favicon
+- `/css/shared.css` - Shared styles
+- `/css/captive.css` - Captive-specific styles
+- `/js/i18n.js` - Internationalization
+- `/js/wifi-shared.js` - WiFi configuration logic
+
+### 5. Implement WiFi Configuration API
+
+```c
+// POST /api/wifi/config
+// Body: { "ssid": "NetworkName", "password": "SecretPassword" }
+esp_err_t wifi_config_handler(httpd_req_t *req) {
+    // 1. Parse JSON body
+    // 2. Store credentials in NVS
+    // 3. Send success response
+    // 4. Schedule restart/reconnect
+    return ESP_OK;
+}
+
+// GET /api/wifi/scan
+// Returns: [{ "ssid": "Network1", "rssi": -45 }, ...]
+esp_err_t wifi_scan_handler(httpd_req_t *req) {
+    // 1. Perform WiFi scan
+    // 2. Return JSON array of networks
+    return ESP_OK;
+}
+```
+
+## Flow After User Submits WiFi Credentials
+
+```
+1. User enters SSID + Password, clicks "Connect"
+   ↓
+2. Frontend sends POST /api/wifi/config
+   ↓
+3. ESP32 stores credentials in NVS (Non-Volatile Storage)
+   ↓
+4. ESP32 sends HTTP 200 OK response
+   ↓
+5. Frontend shows countdown (10 seconds)
+   ↓
+6. ESP32 stops AP mode
+   ↓
+7. ESP32 connects to configured WiFi
+   ↓
+8. ESP32 gets new IP from router (e.g., 192.168.1.42)
+   ↓
+9. User connects phone/PC to normal WiFi
+   ↓
+10. User accesses ESP32 via new IP or mDNS (e.g., http://system-control.local)
+```
+
+## Recommended: mDNS Support
+
+Register an mDNS hostname so users can access the device without knowing the IP:
+
+```c
+mdns_init();
+mdns_hostname_set("system-control");
+mdns_instance_name_set("System Control");
+```
+
+Then the device is accessible at: `http://system-control.local`
+
+## Error Handling / Fallback
+
+If WiFi connection fails after credentials are saved:
+
+1. Wait for connection timeout (e.g., 30 seconds)
+2. If connection fails, restart in AP mode
+3. Show error message on captive portal
+4. Allow user to re-enter credentials
+
+```c
+// Pseudo-code
+if (wifi_connect_timeout()) {
+    nvs_erase_key("wifi_ssid");
+    nvs_erase_key("wifi_password");
+    esp_restart();  // Will boot into AP mode again
+}
+```
+
+## API Endpoints Summary
+
+| Method | Endpoint | Description |
+|--------|----------|-------------|
+| GET | `/api/wifi/scan` | Scan for available networks |
+| POST | `/api/wifi/config` | Save WiFi credentials |
+| GET | `/api/wifi/status` | Get current connection status |
+
+### Request/Response Examples
+
+**GET /api/wifi/scan**
+```json
+[
+    { "ssid": "HomeNetwork", "rssi": -45, "secure": true },
+    { "ssid": "GuestWiFi", "rssi": -67, "secure": false }
+]
+```
+
+**POST /api/wifi/config**
+```json
+{ "ssid": "HomeNetwork", "password": "MySecretPassword" }
+```
+
+**GET /api/wifi/status**
+```json
+{
+    "connected": true,
+    "ssid": "HomeNetwork",
+    "ip": "192.168.1.42",
+    "rssi": -52
+}
+```
+
+## Security Considerations
+
+1. **Open AP**: The setup AP is intentionally open for easy access. Keep setup time short.
+2. **HTTPS**: Consider using HTTPS for the main interface (after WiFi setup).
+3. **Timeout**: Auto-disable AP mode after successful connection.
+4. **Button Reset**: Implement a physical button to reset WiFi credentials and re-enter AP mode.

firmware/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+## Systen Control
+
+### ESP32-S3 (folder: main)
+
+This is an implementation of my custom system control project (custom pcb with Lolin ESP32-S3 Mini) and LED strip.
+
+The build process is straight forward with ESP-IDF. We used version 5.4 while development and the github actions tried to compile for multiple ESP-IDF versions, so we are safe.
+
+### Desktop (folder: src)
+
+It's included also a desktop application (with SDL3), so you can test the project without any MCU.
+
+### Global Information
+
+The projects can be generated from the root, because here is the starting CMakeLists.txt file.

firmware/components/analytics/CMakeLists.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+idf_component_register(SRCS
+            src/analytics.c
+        INCLUDE_DIRS "include"
+        REQUIRES
+            rmaker_common
+            esp_insights
+            rmaker_common
+)
+
+target_add_binary_data(${COMPONENT_TARGET} "insights_auth_key.txt" TEXT)

firmware/components/analytics/include/analytics.h

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+void analytics_init(void);
+__END_DECLS

firmware/components/analytics/src/analytics.c

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+#include "analytics.h"
+#include "esp_insights.h"
+#include "esp_rmaker_utils.h"
+
+extern const char insights_auth_key_start[] asm("_binary_insights_auth_key_txt_start");
+extern const char insights_auth_key_end[] asm("_binary_insights_auth_key_txt_end");
+
+void analytics_init(void)
+{
+    esp_insights_config_t config = {
+        .log_type = ESP_DIAG_LOG_TYPE_ERROR | ESP_DIAG_LOG_TYPE_EVENT | ESP_DIAG_LOG_TYPE_WARNING,
+        .node_id = NULL,
+        .auth_key = insights_auth_key_start,
+        .alloc_ext_ram = true,
+    };
+
+    esp_insights_init(&config);
+
+    esp_rmaker_time_sync_init(NULL);
+}

firmware/components/connectivity-manager/CMakeLists.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+idf_component_register(SRCS
+            src/ble/ble_connection.c
+            src/ble/ble_scanner.c
+            src/ble_manager.c
+            src/wifi_manager.c
+        INCLUDE_DIRS "include"
+        REQUIRES
+            bt
+            driver
+            nvs_flash
+            esp_insights
+            led-manager
+)

firmware/components/connectivity-manager/idf_component.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+## IDF Component Manager Manifest File
+dependencies:
+  ## Required IDF version
+  idf:
+    version: '>=4.1.0'
+
+  espressif/ble_conn_mgr: '^0.1.3'

firmware/components/connectivity-manager/include/ble/ble_connection.h

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#include "ble_device.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+    void ble_connect(device_info_t *device);
+    void ble_clear_bonds(void);
+    void ble_clear_bond(const ble_addr_t *addr);
+    void read_characteristic(uint16_t char_val_handle);
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif

firmware/components/connectivity-manager/include/ble/ble_device.h

@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#include <host/ble_hs.h>
+#include <host/util/util.h>
+#include <nimble/nimble_port.h>
+#include <nimble/nimble_port_freertos.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+// Structure to cache device data
+typedef struct
+{
+    ble_addr_t addr;
+    uint16_t manufacturer_id;
+    uint8_t manufacturer_data[31]; // Max. length of manufacturer data
+    uint8_t manufacturer_data_len;
+    char name[32];
+    uint16_t service_uuids_16[10]; // Up to 10 16-bit Service UUIDs
+    uint8_t service_uuids_16_count;
+    ble_uuid128_t service_uuids_128[5]; // Up to 5 128-bit Service UUIDs
+    uint8_t service_uuids_128_count;
+    bool has_manufacturer;
+    bool has_name;
+    int8_t rssi;
+} device_info_t;

firmware/components/connectivity-manager/include/ble/ble_scanner.h

@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#include "ble_device.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+    void start_scan(void);
+    int get_device_count(void);
+    device_info_t *get_device(int index);
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif

firmware/components/connectivity-manager/include/ble_manager.h

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+    void ble_manager_task(void *pvParameter);
+    void ble_connect_to_device(int index);
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif

firmware/components/connectivity-manager/include/wifi_manager.h

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+void wifi_manager_init(void);
+__END_DECLS

firmware/components/connectivity-manager/src/ble/ble_connection.c

@@ -0,0 +1,364 @@
+#include "ble/ble_connection.h"
+
+#include <esp_log.h>
+#include <host/ble_gap.h>
+#include <host/ble_hs.h>
+#include <host/ble_sm.h>
+#include <host/ble_store.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+static const char *TAG = "ble_connection";
+
+static uint16_t g_conn_handle;
+static uint16_t g_char_val_handle; // Handle der Characteristic, die du lesen willst
+static bool g_bonding_in_progress = false;
+
+const char *ble_error_to_string(int status)
+{
+    switch (status)
+    {
+    case 0:
+        return "Success";
+    case BLE_HS_EDONE:
+        return "Operation complete";
+    case BLE_HS_EALREADY:
+        return "Operation already in progress";
+    case BLE_HS_EINVAL:
+        return "Invalid argument";
+    case BLE_HS_EMSGSIZE:
+        return "Message too large";
+    case BLE_HS_ENOENT:
+        return "No entry found";
+    case BLE_HS_ENOMEM:
+        return "Out of memory";
+    case BLE_HS_ENOTCONN:
+        return "Not connected";
+    case BLE_HS_ENOTSUP:
+        return "Not supported";
+    case BLE_HS_EAPP:
+        return "Application error";
+    case BLE_HS_EBADDATA:
+        return "Bad data";
+    case BLE_HS_EOS:
+        return "OS error";
+    case BLE_HS_ECONTROLLER:
+        return "Controller error";
+    case BLE_HS_ETIMEOUT:
+        return "Timeout";
+    case BLE_HS_EBUSY:
+        return "Busy";
+    case BLE_HS_EREJECT:
+        return "Rejected";
+    case BLE_HS_EUNKNOWN:
+        return "Unknown error";
+    case BLE_HS_EROLE:
+        return "Role error";
+    case BLE_HS_ETIMEOUT_HCI:
+        return "HCI timeout";
+    case BLE_HS_ENOMEM_EVT:
+        return "No memory for event";
+    case BLE_HS_ENOADDR:
+        return "No address";
+    case BLE_HS_ENOTSYNCED:
+        return "Not synchronized";
+    case BLE_HS_EAUTHEN:
+        return "Authentication failed";
+    case BLE_HS_EAUTHOR:
+        return "Authorization failed";
+    case BLE_HS_EENCRYPT:
+        return "Encryption failed";
+    case BLE_HS_EENCRYPT_KEY_SZ:
+        return "Encryption key size";
+    case BLE_HS_ESTORE_CAP:
+        return "Storage capacity exceeded";
+    case BLE_HS_ESTORE_FAIL:
+        return "Storage failure";
+    default:
+        // ATT-Fehler prüfen
+        if ((status & 0x100) == 0x100)
+        {
+            return "ATT error";
+        }
+        return "Unknown error";
+    }
+}
+
+static void ble_sm_event_cb(struct ble_gap_event *event, void *arg)
+{
+    switch (event->type)
+    {
+    case BLE_GAP_EVENT_PASSKEY_ACTION:
+        ESP_LOGI(TAG, "Passkey action required");
+        // Hier können Sie Passkey-Aktionen implementieren
+        // z.B. Display passkey, Input passkey, etc.
+        break;
+
+    case BLE_GAP_EVENT_ENC_CHANGE:
+        ESP_LOGI(TAG, "Encryption change: status=%d", event->enc_change.status);
+        if (event->enc_change.status == 0)
+        {
+            ESP_LOGI(TAG, "Encryption established successfully");
+            g_bonding_in_progress = false;
+        }
+        break;
+
+    case BLE_GAP_EVENT_REPEAT_PAIRING:
+        ESP_LOGI(TAG, "Repeat pairing");
+        break;
+
+    default:
+        break;
+    }
+}
+
+static bool is_device_bonded(const ble_addr_t *addr)
+{
+    struct ble_store_value_sec sec_value;
+    struct ble_store_key_sec sec_key = {0};
+
+    sec_key.peer_addr = *addr;
+    sec_key.idx = 0;
+
+    int rc = ble_store_read_peer_sec(&sec_key, &sec_value);
+    return (rc == 0);
+}
+
+static void initiate_bonding(uint16_t conn_handle)
+{
+    if (!g_bonding_in_progress)
+    {
+        g_bonding_in_progress = true;
+        ESP_LOGI(TAG, "Initiating bonding for connection %d", conn_handle);
+
+        // Starte Security/Bonding Prozess
+        int rc = ble_gap_security_initiate(conn_handle);
+        if (rc != 0)
+        {
+            ESP_LOGE(TAG, "Failed to initiate security: %s", ble_error_to_string(rc));
+            g_bonding_in_progress = false;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+static int gattc_svcs_callback(uint16_t conn_handle, const struct ble_gatt_error *error,
+                               const struct ble_gatt_svc *service, void *arg)
+{
+    if (error->status != 0)
+    {
+        ESP_LOGE(TAG, "Error discovering service: %s", ble_error_to_string(error->status));
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    char uuid_str[37]; // Maximale Länge für 128-bit UUID
+    ble_uuid_to_str(&service->uuid.u, uuid_str);
+    ESP_LOGI(TAG, "Discovered service: %s", uuid_str);
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static int gattc_char_callback(uint16_t conn_handle, const struct ble_gatt_error *error, const struct ble_gatt_chr *chr,
+                               void *arg)
+{
+    if (error->status != 0)
+    {
+        ESP_LOGE(TAG, "Error discovering characteristic: %d", error->status);
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    g_char_val_handle = chr->val_handle;
+    read_characteristic(chr->val_handle);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+// Callback für GATT-Events
+static int gattc_event_callback(uint16_t conn_handle, const struct ble_gatt_error *error,
+                                const struct ble_gatt_svc *service, void *arg)
+{
+    if (error->status != 0)
+    {
+        ESP_LOGE(TAG, "Error discovering service: %d", error->status);
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    ble_gattc_disc_all_svcs(conn_handle, gattc_svcs_callback, NULL);
+    // ble_gattc_disc_all_chrs(conn_handle, service->start_handle, service->end_handle, gattc_char_callback, NULL);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static int gattc_read_callback(uint16_t conn_handle, const struct ble_gatt_error *error, struct ble_gatt_attr *attr,
+                               void *arg)
+{
+    if (error->status == 0)
+    {
+        ESP_LOGI(TAG, "Wert gelesen %d, Länge: %d", attr->handle, attr->om->om_len);
+        ESP_LOG_BUFFER_HEX("READ_DATA", attr->om->om_data, attr->om->om_len);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        ESP_LOGE(TAG, "Lesefehler, Status: %d", error->status);
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static int ble_gap_event_handler(struct ble_gap_event *event, void *arg)
+{
+    device_info_t *device = (device_info_t *)arg;
+
+    switch (event->type)
+    {
+    case BLE_GAP_EVENT_CONNECT:
+        if (event->connect.status == 0)
+        {
+            g_conn_handle = event->connect.conn_handle;
+            ESP_LOGI(TAG, "Connected; conn_handle=%d", g_conn_handle);
+
+            // Prüfe ob Device bereits gebondet ist
+            if (is_device_bonded(&device->addr))
+            {
+                ESP_LOGI(TAG, "Device already bonded, using existing bond");
+                // Bei gebondetem Device kann direkt mit Service Discovery begonnen werden
+                ble_gattc_disc_all_svcs(g_conn_handle, gattc_event_callback, NULL);
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                ESP_LOGI(TAG, "Device not bonded, initiating bonding");
+                // Starte Bonding-Prozess
+                initiate_bonding(g_conn_handle);
+                // Service Discovery wird nach erfolgreichem Bonding gestartet
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            ESP_LOGE(TAG, "Connection failed; status=%d", event->connect.status);
+        }
+        break;
+
+    case BLE_GAP_EVENT_DISCONNECT:
+        g_conn_handle = 0;
+        g_bonding_in_progress = false;
+        ESP_LOGI(TAG, "Disconnected; reason=%d", event->disconnect.reason);
+        break;
+
+    case BLE_GAP_EVENT_CONN_UPDATE:
+        ESP_LOGI(TAG, "Connection updated; status=%d", event->conn_update.status);
+        break;
+
+    case BLE_GAP_EVENT_ENC_CHANGE:
+        ESP_LOGI(TAG, "Encryption change: status=%d", event->enc_change.status);
+        if (event->enc_change.status == 0)
+        {
+            ESP_LOGI(TAG, "Encryption established, bonding complete");
+            g_bonding_in_progress = false;
+            // Nach erfolgreichem Bonding: Service Discovery starten
+            ble_gattc_disc_all_svcs(g_conn_handle, gattc_event_callback, NULL);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            ESP_LOGE(TAG, "Encryption failed: %s", ble_error_to_string(event->enc_change.status));
+            g_bonding_in_progress = false;
+        }
+        break;
+
+    case BLE_GAP_EVENT_PASSKEY_ACTION:
+        ESP_LOGI(TAG, "Passkey action event");
+        // Implementieren Sie hier die Passkey-Behandlung
+        // z.B. einen festen Passkey eingeben:
+        struct ble_sm_io pkey = {0};
+        pkey.action = BLE_SM_IOACT_INPUT;
+        pkey.passkey = 100779;
+        ble_sm_inject_io(event->passkey.conn_handle, &pkey);
+        break;
+
+    case BLE_GAP_EVENT_REPEAT_PAIRING:
+        ESP_LOGI(TAG, "Device requests repeat pairing");
+
+        // Hole die Peer-Adresse aus der Verbindung
+        struct ble_gap_conn_desc conn_desc;
+        int rc = ble_gap_conn_find(event->repeat_pairing.conn_handle, &conn_desc);
+        if (rc == 0)
+        {
+            // Lösche alte Bonding-Info
+            ble_clear_bond(&conn_desc.peer_ota_addr);
+        }
+
+        // Erlaube erneutes Pairing
+        return BLE_GAP_REPEAT_PAIRING_RETRY;
+
+    default:
+        break;
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+void ble_connect(device_info_t *device)
+{
+    struct ble_gap_conn_params conn_params = {
+        .scan_itvl = 0x0010,
+        .scan_window = 0x0010,
+        .itvl_min = BLE_GAP_INITIAL_CONN_ITVL_MIN,
+        .itvl_max = BLE_GAP_INITIAL_CONN_ITVL_MAX,
+        .latency = BLE_GAP_INITIAL_CONN_LATENCY,
+        .supervision_timeout = BLE_GAP_INITIAL_SUPERVISION_TIMEOUT,
+        .min_ce_len = BLE_GAP_INITIAL_CONN_MIN_CE_LEN,
+        .max_ce_len = BLE_GAP_INITIAL_CONN_MAX_CE_LEN,
+    };
+
+    // Prüfe ob Device bereits gebondet ist
+    if (is_device_bonded(&device->addr))
+    {
+        ESP_LOGI(TAG, "Connecting to bonded device");
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        ESP_LOGI(TAG, "Connecting to new device (will bond after connection)");
+    }
+
+    int rc = ble_gap_connect(BLE_OWN_ADDR_PUBLIC, &device->addr, 30000, &conn_params, ble_gap_event_handler, device);
+    if (rc != 0)
+    {
+        ESP_LOGE(TAG, "Error initiating connection: %s", ble_error_to_string(rc));
+    }
+}
+
+void ble_clear_bonds(void)
+{
+    ESP_LOGI(TAG, "Clearing all bonds");
+
+    int rc = ble_store_clear();
+    if (rc != 0)
+    {
+        ESP_LOGE(TAG, "Failed to clear bond storage: %s", ble_error_to_string(rc));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        ESP_LOGI(TAG, "All bonds cleared successfully");
+    }
+}
+
+// Funktion zum Löschen der Bonding-Info eines bestimmten Devices
+void ble_clear_bond(const ble_addr_t *addr)
+{
+    ESP_LOGI(TAG, "Clearing bond for specific device");
+
+    int rc = ble_store_util_delete_peer(addr);
+    if (rc != 0)
+    {
+        ESP_LOGE(TAG, "Failed to delete peer: %s", ble_error_to_string(rc));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        ESP_LOGI(TAG, "Peer deleted successfully");
+    }
+}
+
+void read_characteristic(uint16_t char_val_handle)
+{
+    if (char_val_handle != 0 && g_conn_handle != 0)
+    {
+        int rc = ble_gattc_read(g_conn_handle, char_val_handle, gattc_read_callback, NULL);
+        if (rc != 0)
+        {
+            ESP_LOGE(TAG, "Error reading characteristic: %d", rc);
+        }
+    }
+}

firmware/components/connectivity-manager/src/ble/ble_scanner.c

@@ -0,0 +1,324 @@
+#include "ble/ble_scanner.h"
+
+#include "ble/ble_device.h"
+#include "led_status.h"
+#include <esp_log.h>
+#include <freertos/FreeRTOS.h>
+#include <freertos/task.h>
+#include <host/ble_hs.h>
+#include <host/util/util.h>
+#include <nimble/nimble_port.h>
+#include <nimble/nimble_port_freertos.h>
+#include <services/gap/ble_svc_gap.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+static const char *TAG = "ble_scanner";
+
+// List of allowed manufacturer IDs
+static const uint16_t ALLOWED_MANUFACTURERS[] = {
+    0xC0DE, // mars3142
+};
+static const size_t NUM_MANUFACTURERS = sizeof(ALLOWED_MANUFACTURERS) / sizeof(uint16_t);
+static bool scanning = false;
+
+static bool is_manufacturer_allowed(uint16_t company_id)
+{
+    for (size_t i = 0; i < NUM_MANUFACTURERS; i++)
+    {
+        if (ALLOWED_MANUFACTURERS[i] == company_id)
+        {
+            return true;
+        }
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+static int ble_central_gap_event(struct ble_gap_event *event, void *arg);
+
+/**
+ * Starts the BLE scan process.
+ */
+void start_scan(void)
+{
+    led_behavior_t led_behavior = {
+        .on_time_ms = 200,
+        .off_time_ms = 200,
+        .color = {.red = 0, .green = 0, .blue = 50},
+        .index = 1,
+        .mode = LED_MODE_BLINK,
+    };
+    led_status_set_behavior(led_behavior);
+
+    struct ble_gap_disc_params disc_params = {
+        .filter_policy = 0,
+        .limited = 0,
+        .passive = 0,
+        .filter_duplicates = 1,
+    };
+
+    int32_t duration_ms = 10000; // 10 seconds
+
+    int rc = ble_gap_disc(BLE_OWN_ADDR_PUBLIC, duration_ms, &disc_params, ble_central_gap_event, NULL);
+    if (rc != 0)
+    {
+        ESP_LOGE(TAG, "Error starting scan; rc=%d", rc);
+    }
+    scanning = true;
+}
+
+#define MAX_DEVICES 40
+static device_info_t devices[MAX_DEVICES];
+static int device_count = 0;
+
+// Helper function to find or create a device entry
+static device_info_t *find_or_create_device(const ble_addr_t *addr)
+{
+    // Search for existing device
+    for (int i = 0; i < device_count; i++)
+    {
+        if (memcmp(&devices[i].addr, addr, sizeof(ble_addr_t)) == 0)
+        {
+            return &devices[i];
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Add new device
+    if (device_count < MAX_DEVICES)
+    {
+        memset(&devices[device_count], 0, sizeof(device_info_t));
+        memcpy(&devices[device_count].addr, addr, sizeof(ble_addr_t));
+        devices[device_count].has_manufacturer = false;
+        devices[device_count].has_name = false;
+        strcpy(devices[device_count].name, "Unknown");
+        return &devices[device_count++];
+    }
+
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+static int ble_central_gap_event(struct ble_gap_event *event, void *arg)
+{
+    struct ble_gap_disc_desc *disc;
+    struct ble_hs_adv_fields fields;
+
+    switch (event->type)
+    {
+    case BLE_GAP_EVENT_DISC: {
+        disc = &event->disc;
+
+        // Find or create device
+        device_info_t *device = find_or_create_device(&disc->addr);
+        if (device == NULL)
+        {
+            return 0;
+        }
+
+        // Update RSSI
+        device->rssi = disc->rssi;
+
+        // Parse advertising data
+        memset(&fields, 0, sizeof(fields));
+        ble_hs_adv_parse_fields(&fields, disc->data, disc->length_data);
+
+        // Process manufacturer data
+        if (fields.mfg_data != NULL && fields.mfg_data_len >= 2)
+        {
+            uint16_t company_id = fields.mfg_data[0] | (fields.mfg_data[1] << 8);
+            device->manufacturer_id = company_id;
+            device->has_manufacturer = true;
+
+            // Store complete manufacturer data (incl. Company ID)
+            device->manufacturer_data_len = fields.mfg_data_len;
+            memcpy(device->manufacturer_data, fields.mfg_data, fields.mfg_data_len);
+        }
+
+        // Process name
+        if (fields.name != NULL && fields.name_len > 0)
+        {
+            size_t copy_len = fields.name_len < sizeof(device->name) - 1 ? fields.name_len : sizeof(device->name) - 1;
+            memcpy(device->name, fields.name, copy_len);
+            device->name[copy_len] = '\0';
+            device->has_name = true;
+        }
+
+        // Process 16-bit Service UUIDs
+        if (fields.uuids16 != NULL && fields.num_uuids16 > 0)
+        {
+            for (int i = 0; i < fields.num_uuids16 && device->service_uuids_16_count < 10; i++)
+            {
+                // Check if UUID already exists
+                bool exists = false;
+                for (int j = 0; j < device->service_uuids_16_count; j++)
+                {
+                    if (device->service_uuids_16[j] == fields.uuids16[i].value)
+                    {
+                        exists = true;
+                        break;
+                    }
+                }
+                if (!exists)
+                {
+                    device->service_uuids_16[device->service_uuids_16_count++] = fields.uuids16[i].value;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        // Process 128-bit Service UUIDs
+        if (fields.uuids128 != NULL && fields.num_uuids128 > 0)
+        {
+            for (int i = 0; i < fields.num_uuids128 && device->service_uuids_128_count < 5; i++)
+            {
+                // Check if UUID already exists
+                bool exists = false;
+                for (int j = 0; j < device->service_uuids_128_count; j++)
+                {
+                    if (memcmp(&device->service_uuids_128[j], &fields.uuids128[i], sizeof(ble_uuid128_t)) == 0)
+                    {
+                        exists = true;
+                        break;
+                    }
+                }
+                if (!exists)
+                {
+                    memcpy(&device->service_uuids_128[device->service_uuids_128_count++], &fields.uuids128[i],
+                           sizeof(ble_uuid128_t));
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        // Check if we have all data and the device is allowed
+        if (device->has_name && device->has_manufacturer && is_manufacturer_allowed(device->manufacturer_id))
+        {
+            ESP_LOGI(TAG, "*** Allowed device found ***");
+            ESP_LOGI(TAG, "  Name: %s", device->name);
+            ESP_LOGI(TAG, "  Address: %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X", device->addr.val[5], device->addr.val[4],
+                     device->addr.val[3], device->addr.val[2], device->addr.val[1], device->addr.val[0]);
+            ESP_LOGI(TAG, "  Manufacturer ID: 0x%04X", device->manufacturer_id);
+            ESP_LOGI(TAG, "  RSSI: %d dBm", device->rssi);
+
+            // Print Service UUIDs
+            if (device->service_uuids_16_count > 0)
+            {
+                ESP_LOGI(TAG, "  16-bit Service UUIDs (%d):", device->service_uuids_16_count);
+                for (int i = 0; i < device->service_uuids_16_count; i++)
+                {
+                    const char *name = "";
+                    // Known Service UUIDs
+                    switch (device->service_uuids_16[i])
+                    {
+                    case 0x180A:
+                        name = " (Device Information)";
+                        break;
+                    case 0x180F:
+                        name = " (Battery Service)";
+                        break;
+                    case 0x1801:
+                        name = " (Generic Attribute)";
+                        break;
+                    case 0x1800:
+                        name = " (Generic Access)";
+                        break;
+                    case 0x181A:
+                        name = " (Environmental Sensing)";
+                        break;
+                    default:
+                        if (device->service_uuids_16[i] >= 0xA000)
+                        {
+                            name = " (Custom)";
+                        }
+                        break;
+                    }
+                    ESP_LOGI(TAG, "    - 0x%04X%s", device->service_uuids_16[i], name);
+                }
+            }
+
+            if (device->service_uuids_128_count > 0)
+            {
+                ESP_LOGI(TAG, "  128-bit Service UUIDs (%d):", device->service_uuids_128_count);
+                for (int i = 0; i < device->service_uuids_128_count; i++)
+                {
+                    char uuid_str[37]; // UUID string format
+                    snprintf(uuid_str, sizeof(uuid_str),
+                             "%02X%02X%02X%02X-%02X%02X-%02X%02X-%02X%02X-%02X%02X%02X%02X%02X%02X",
+                             device->service_uuids_128[i].value[15], device->service_uuids_128[i].value[14],
+                             device->service_uuids_128[i].value[13], device->service_uuids_128[i].value[12],
+                             device->service_uuids_128[i].value[11], device->service_uuids_128[i].value[10],
+                             device->service_uuids_128[i].value[9], device->service_uuids_128[i].value[8],
+                             device->service_uuids_128[i].value[7], device->service_uuids_128[i].value[6],
+                             device->service_uuids_128[i].value[5], device->service_uuids_128[i].value[4],
+                             device->service_uuids_128[i].value[3], device->service_uuids_128[i].value[2],
+                             device->service_uuids_128[i].value[1], device->service_uuids_128[i].value[0]);
+                    ESP_LOGI(TAG, "    - %s", uuid_str);
+                }
+            }
+
+            // Print manufacturer data (without Company ID, i.e., from byte 2)
+            if (device->manufacturer_data_len > 2)
+            {
+                int payload_len = device->manufacturer_data_len - 2;
+                ESP_LOGI(TAG, "  Manufacturer Data (%d bytes):", payload_len);
+                ESP_LOG_BUFFER_HEX_LEVEL(TAG, &device->manufacturer_data[2], payload_len, ESP_LOG_INFO);
+
+                // Print data byte by byte for better readability
+                ESP_LOGI(TAG, "  Data interpretation:");
+                for (int i = 0; i < payload_len; i++)
+                {
+                    ESP_LOGI(TAG, "    - Byte %d: 0x%02X (%d)", i, device->manufacturer_data[i + 2],
+                             device->manufacturer_data[i + 2]);
+                }
+
+                // Optional: Interpret data as 16-bit values (if the number of bytes is even)
+                if (payload_len >= 2 && (payload_len % 2 == 0))
+                {
+                    ESP_LOGI(TAG, "  As 16-bit values:");
+                    for (int i = 0; i < payload_len; i += 2)
+                    {
+                        uint16_t value = device->manufacturer_data[i + 2] | (device->manufacturer_data[i + 3] << 8);
+                        ESP_LOGI(TAG, "    - Word %d: 0x%04X (%d)", i / 2, value, value);
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                ESP_LOGI(TAG, "  No manufacturer payload data");
+            }
+        }
+
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    case BLE_GAP_EVENT_DISC_COMPLETE: {
+        led_behavior_t led_behavior = {
+            .index = 1,
+            .mode = LED_MODE_OFF,
+        };
+        led_status_set_behavior(led_behavior);
+
+        ESP_LOGI(TAG, "Discovery complete");
+        scanning = false;
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    default:
+        break;
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+device_info_t *get_device(int index)
+{
+    if (index < 0 || index >= device_count || !is_manufacturer_allowed(devices[index].manufacturer_id))
+    {
+        return NULL;
+    }
+    return &devices[index];
+}
+
+int get_device_count(void)
+{
+    if (!scanning)
+    {
+        return device_count;
+    }
+    return 0;
+}

firmware/components/connectivity-manager/src/ble_manager.c

@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+#include "ble_manager.h"
+
+#include "ble/ble_connection.h"
+#include "ble/ble_scanner.h"
+#include <esp_log.h>
+#include <freertos/FreeRTOS.h>
+#include <freertos/task.h>
+#include <host/ble_hs.h>
+#include <host/util/util.h>
+#include <nimble/nimble_port.h>
+#include <nimble/nimble_port_freertos.h>
+#include <services/gap/ble_svc_gap.h>
+
+static const char *TAG = "ble_manager";
+
+/**
+ * Callback that is called when the NimBLE stack is synchronized and ready.
+ */
+static void on_sync(void)
+{
+    start_scan();
+}
+
+static void ble_host_task(void *param)
+{
+    ESP_LOGI(TAG, "BLE Host Task Started");
+    nimble_port_run(); // This blocks until the stack is stopped
+    nimble_port_freertos_deinit();
+}
+
+void ble_manager_task(void *pvParameter)
+{
+    // Initialize and start the NimBLE stack
+    nimble_port_init();
+
+    // Host configuration with our sync callback
+    ble_hs_cfg.sync_cb = on_sync;
+
+    // Configure GAP service for central mode
+    ble_svc_gap_init();
+
+    // Start the NimBLE host task
+    nimble_port_freertos_init(ble_host_task); // Not a separate task, can run in the app task
+
+    vTaskDelete(NULL);
+}
+
+bool ble_found_devices(void)
+{
+    return get_device_count() > 0;
+}
+
+void ble_connect_to_device(int index)
+{
+    device_info_t *device = get_device(index);
+    if (device != NULL)
+    {
+        ble_connect(device);
+    }
+}

firmware/components/connectivity-manager/src/wifi_manager.c

@@ -0,0 +1,229 @@
+#include "wifi_manager.h"
+
+#include <esp_event.h>
+#include <esp_insights.h>
+#include <esp_log.h>
+#include <esp_system.h>
+#include <esp_wifi.h>
+#include <freertos/FreeRTOS.h>
+#include <freertos/event_groups.h>
+#include <freertos/task.h>
+#include <led_status.h>
+#include <lwip/err.h>
+#include <lwip/sys.h>
+#include <nvs_flash.h>
+#include <sdkconfig.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+// Event group to signal when we are connected
+static EventGroupHandle_t s_wifi_event_group;
+
+// The bits for the event group
+#define WIFI_CONNECTED_BIT BIT0
+#define WIFI_FAIL_BIT BIT1
+
+static const char *TAG = "wifi_manager";
+
+static int s_retry_num = 0;
+static int s_current_network_index = 0;
+
+// WiFi network configuration structure
+typedef struct
+{
+    const char *ssid;
+    const char *password;
+} wifi_network_config_t;
+
+// Array of configured WiFi networks
+static const wifi_network_config_t s_wifi_networks[] = {
+#if CONFIG_WIFI_ENABLED
+    {CONFIG_WIFI_SSID_1, CONFIG_WIFI_PASSWORD_1},
+#if CONFIG_WIFI_NETWORK_COUNT >= 2
+    {CONFIG_WIFI_SSID_2, CONFIG_WIFI_PASSWORD_2},
+#endif
+#if CONFIG_WIFI_NETWORK_COUNT >= 3
+    {CONFIG_WIFI_SSID_3, CONFIG_WIFI_PASSWORD_3},
+#endif
+#if CONFIG_WIFI_NETWORK_COUNT >= 4
+    {CONFIG_WIFI_SSID_4, CONFIG_WIFI_PASSWORD_4},
+#endif
+#if CONFIG_WIFI_NETWORK_COUNT >= 5
+    {CONFIG_WIFI_SSID_5, CONFIG_WIFI_PASSWORD_5},
+#endif
+#endif
+};
+
+static const int s_wifi_network_count = sizeof(s_wifi_networks) / sizeof(s_wifi_networks[0]);
+
+static void try_next_network(void);
+
+static void connect_to_network(int index)
+{
+#if CONFIG_WIFI_ENABLED
+    if (index >= s_wifi_network_count)
+    {
+        ESP_LOGE(TAG, "No more networks to try");
+        xEventGroupSetBits(s_wifi_event_group, WIFI_FAIL_BIT);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    const wifi_network_config_t *network = &s_wifi_networks[index];
+
+    // Skip empty SSIDs
+    if (network->ssid == NULL || strlen(network->ssid) == 0)
+    {
+        ESP_LOGW(TAG, "Skipping empty SSID at index %d", index);
+        s_current_network_index++;
+        s_retry_num = 0;
+        try_next_network();
+        return;
+    }
+
+    ESP_DIAG_EVENT(TAG, "Trying to connect to network %d: %s", index + 1, network->ssid);
+
+    wifi_config_t wifi_config = {
+        .sta =
+            {
+                .threshold.authmode = WIFI_AUTH_WPA2_PSK,
+            },
+    };
+
+    strncpy((char *)wifi_config.sta.ssid, network->ssid, sizeof(wifi_config.sta.ssid) - 1);
+    strncpy((char *)wifi_config.sta.password, network->password, sizeof(wifi_config.sta.password) - 1);
+
+    ESP_ERROR_CHECK(esp_wifi_set_config(WIFI_IF_STA, &wifi_config));
+    esp_wifi_connect();
+#endif
+}
+
+static void try_next_network(void)
+{
+#if CONFIG_WIFI_ENABLED
+    s_current_network_index++;
+    s_retry_num = 0;
+
+    if (s_current_network_index < s_wifi_network_count)
+    {
+        connect_to_network(s_current_network_index);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        ESP_LOGE(TAG, "Failed to connect to any configured network");
+        led_behavior_t led0_behavior = {
+            .index = 0,
+            .mode = LED_MODE_BLINK,
+            .color = {.red = 50, .green = 0, .blue = 0},
+            .on_time_ms = 1000,
+            .off_time_ms = 500,
+        };
+        led_status_set_behavior(led0_behavior);
+        xEventGroupSetBits(s_wifi_event_group, WIFI_FAIL_BIT);
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+static void event_handler(void *arg, esp_event_base_t event_base, int32_t event_id, void *event_data)
+{
+#if CONFIG_WIFI_ENABLED
+    if (event_base == WIFI_EVENT && event_id == WIFI_EVENT_STA_START)
+    {
+        led_behavior_t led0_behavior = {
+            .index = 0,
+            .mode = LED_MODE_BLINK,
+            .color = {.red = 50, .green = 50, .blue = 0},
+            .on_time_ms = 200,
+            .off_time_ms = 200,
+        };
+        led_status_set_behavior(led0_behavior);
+
+        connect_to_network(s_current_network_index);
+    }
+    else if (event_base == WIFI_EVENT && event_id == WIFI_EVENT_STA_DISCONNECTED)
+    {
+        if (s_retry_num < CONFIG_WIFI_CONNECT_RETRIES)
+        {
+            led_behavior_t led0_behavior = {
+                .index = 0,
+                .mode = LED_MODE_BLINK,
+                .color = {.red = 50, .green = 50, .blue = 0},
+                .on_time_ms = 200,
+                .off_time_ms = 200,
+            };
+            led_status_set_behavior(led0_behavior);
+
+            s_retry_num++;
+            ESP_DIAG_EVENT(TAG, "Retrying network %d (%d/%d)", s_current_network_index + 1, s_retry_num,
+                           CONFIG_WIFI_CONNECT_RETRIES);
+            esp_wifi_connect();
+            return;
+        }
+
+        // Retries exhausted for current network, try next one
+        ESP_LOGW(TAG, "Failed to connect to network %d after %d retries, trying next...", s_current_network_index + 1,
+                 CONFIG_WIFI_CONNECT_RETRIES);
+        try_next_network();
+    }
+    else if (event_base == IP_EVENT && event_id == IP_EVENT_STA_GOT_IP)
+    {
+        led_behavior_t led0_behavior = {
+            .index = 0,
+            .mode = LED_MODE_SOLID,
+            .color = {.red = 0, .green = 50, .blue = 0},
+        };
+        led_status_set_behavior(led0_behavior);
+
+        ip_event_got_ip_t *event = (ip_event_got_ip_t *)event_data;
+        ESP_DIAG_EVENT(TAG, "Got IP address:" IPSTR " (network %d: %s)", IP2STR(&event->ip_info.ip),
+                       s_current_network_index + 1, s_wifi_networks[s_current_network_index].ssid);
+        s_retry_num = 0;
+        xEventGroupSetBits(s_wifi_event_group, WIFI_CONNECTED_BIT);
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+void wifi_manager_init()
+{
+#if CONFIG_WIFI_ENABLED
+    s_wifi_event_group = xEventGroupCreate();
+    s_current_network_index = 0;
+    s_retry_num = 0;
+
+    ESP_ERROR_CHECK(esp_netif_init());
+
+    ESP_ERROR_CHECK(esp_event_loop_create_default());
+    esp_netif_create_default_wifi_sta();
+
+    wifi_init_config_t cfg = WIFI_INIT_CONFIG_DEFAULT();
+    ESP_ERROR_CHECK(esp_wifi_init(&cfg));
+
+    esp_event_handler_instance_t instance_any_id;
+    esp_event_handler_instance_t instance_got_ip;
+    ESP_ERROR_CHECK(
+        esp_event_handler_instance_register(WIFI_EVENT, ESP_EVENT_ANY_ID, &event_handler, NULL, &instance_any_id));
+    ESP_ERROR_CHECK(
+        esp_event_handler_instance_register(IP_EVENT, IP_EVENT_STA_GOT_IP, &event_handler, NULL, &instance_got_ip));
+
+    ESP_ERROR_CHECK(esp_wifi_set_mode(WIFI_MODE_STA));
+    ESP_ERROR_CHECK(esp_wifi_start());
+
+    ESP_DIAG_EVENT(TAG, "WiFi manager initialized with %d network(s), waiting for connection...", s_wifi_network_count);
+
+    /* Waiting until either the connection is established (WIFI_CONNECTED_BIT) or
+       connection failed for all networks (WIFI_FAIL_BIT). The bits are set by event_handler() */
+    EventBits_t bits =
+        xEventGroupWaitBits(s_wifi_event_group, WIFI_CONNECTED_BIT | WIFI_FAIL_BIT, pdFALSE, pdFALSE, portMAX_DELAY);
+
+    if (bits & WIFI_CONNECTED_BIT)
+    {
+        ESP_DIAG_EVENT(TAG, "Connected to AP SSID:%s", s_wifi_networks[s_current_network_index].ssid);
+    }
+    else if (bits & WIFI_FAIL_BIT)
+    {
+        ESP_LOGE(TAG, "Failed to connect to any configured WiFi network");
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        ESP_LOGE(TAG, "Unexpected event");
+    }
+#endif
+}

firmware/components/insa/CMakeLists.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+idf_component_register(SRCS
+        src/common/InactivityTracker.cpp
+        src/common/Menu.cpp
+        src/common/ScrollBar.cpp
+        src/common/Widget.cpp
+        src/data/MenuItem.cpp
+        src/ui/ExternalDevices.cpp
+        src/ui/LightMenu.cpp
+        src/ui/MainMenu.cpp
+        src/ui/ClockScreenSaver.cpp
+        src/ui/ScreenSaver.cpp
+        src/ui/SettingsMenu.cpp
+        src/ui/SplashScreen.cpp
+        INCLUDE_DIRS "include"
+        PRIV_REQUIRES
+            u8g2
+            connectivity-manager
+            led-manager
+            persistence-manager
+            simulator
+)

firmware/components/insa/include/MenuOptions.h

@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/**
+ * @file MenuOptions.h
+ * @brief Menu configuration structure and callback definitions
+ * @details This header defines the menu_options_t structure which contains all
+ *          necessary configuration options and callback functions for menu widgets.
+ *          It provides the interface between menu widgets and the application's
+ *          screen management system, display context, and input handling.
+ * @author System Control Team
+ * @date 2025-06-14
+ */
+
+#pragma once
+
+// Standard libraries for function objects and smart pointers
+#include <functional>
+#include <memory>
+
+// Project-specific headers
+#include "common/Widget.h"
+#include "IPersistenceManager.h"
+#include "u8g2.h"
+
+class MenuItem;
+
+/**
+ * @struct menu_options_t
+ * @brief Configuration structure for menu widgets containing display context and callbacks
+ * @details This structure serves as a configuration container that provides menu widgets
+ *          with access to the display system, screen management functions, input
+ *          handling callbacks, and persistent storage.
+ * 
+ * @see Widget
+ * @see ButtonType
+ * @see IPersistenceManager
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+    /**
+     * @brief Pointer to u8g2 display context for graphics output operations
+     */
+    u8g2_t *u8g2;
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Callback function to set the current active screen
+     */
+    std::function<void(std::shared_ptr<Widget>)> setScreen;
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Callback function to add a new screen to the navigation stack
+     */
+    std::function<void(std::shared_ptr<Widget>)> pushScreen;
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Callback function to remove the top screen from the navigation stack
+     */
+    std::function<void()> popScreen;
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Callback function to handle button press events
+     */
+    std::function<void(ButtonType button)> onButtonClicked;
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Shared pointer to platform-independent persistence manager
+     * @details This provides access to persistent key-value storage across different
+     *          platforms. The actual implementation (SDL3 or ESP32/NVS) is determined
+     *          at compile time based on the target platform.
+     * 
+     * @note The persistence manager is shared across all menu widgets and maintains
+     *       its state throughout the application lifecycle.
+     */
+    std::shared_ptr<IPersistenceManager> persistenceManager;
+
+} menu_options_t;

firmware/components/insa/include/common/Common.h

@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+/**
+ * @file Common.h
+ * @brief Common definitions and types for the INSA component
+ * @details This header file contains shared enumerations, type definitions, and
+ *          callback function types used throughout the INSA component system.
+ *          It provides the foundation for button handling and event management.
+ * @author System Control Team
+ * @date 2025-06-14
+ */
+
+#pragma once
+
+#include <functional>
+
+/**
+ * @enum ButtonType
+ * @brief Enumeration defining the different types of buttons available in the system
+ * @details This enumeration represents all possible button types that can be handled
+ *          by the system's input management. NONE represents no button pressed or
+ *          an invalid button state, while the other values correspond to specific
+ *          directional and action buttons.
+ */
+enum class ButtonType
+{
+    NONE,   ///< No button pressed or invalid button state
+    UP,     ///< Up directional button for navigation
+    DOWN,   ///< Down directional button for navigation
+    LEFT,   ///< Left directional button for navigation
+    RIGHT,  ///< Right directional button for navigation
+    SELECT, ///< Select/confirm button for accepting choices
+    BACK    ///< Back/cancel button for returning to previous state
+};
+
+// Forward declaration of MenuItem to avoid circular dependency
+class MenuItem;
+
+/**
+ * @typedef ButtonCallback
+ * @brief Type alias for button event callback function
+ * @details This function type is used to define callback functions that handle
+ *          button press events. The callback receives information about which
+ *          button was pressed and any additional context data.
+ *
+ * @param MenuItem menu item for the specific action
+ * @param ButtonType The type of button that was pressed
+ *
+ * @note The first parameter can be used to distinguish between multiple instances
+ *       of the same button type or to pass additional event-specific data.
+ *
+ * @example
+ * @code
+ * ButtonCallback myCallback = [](const MenuItem& item, ButtonType type) {
+ *     if (type == ButtonType::SELECT) {
+ *         // Handle select button press
+ *         processSelection(item);
+ *     }
+ * };
+ * @endcode
+ */
+typedef std::function<void(MenuItem, ButtonType)> ButtonCallback;
+
+/**
+ * @def IMPLEMENT_GET_NAME
+ * @brief Macro to implement getName() method using __FILE__
+ * @details Extracts the class name from the source filename automatically.
+ *          Use this macro in .cpp files to implement Widget::getName().
+ * @param ClassName The class name for the method scope (e.g., MainMenu)
+ */
+#define IMPLEMENT_GET_NAME(ClassName)                                                                                  \
+    const char *ClassName::getName() const                                                                             \
+    {                                                                                                                  \
+        static const char *cachedName = nullptr;                                                                       \
+        if (!cachedName)                                                                                               \
+        {                                                                                                              \
+            const char *file = __FILE__;                                                                               \
+            const char *lastSlash = file;                                                                              \
+            for (const char *p = file; *p; ++p)                                                                        \
+            {                                                                                                          \
+                if (*p == '/' || *p == '\\')                                                                           \
+                    lastSlash = p + 1;                                                                                 \
+            }                                                                                                          \
+            static char buffer[64];                                                                                    \
+            size_t i = 0;                                                                                              \
+            for (; lastSlash[i] && lastSlash[i] != '.' && i < sizeof(buffer) - 1; ++i)                                 \
+            {                                                                                                          \
+                buffer[i] = lastSlash[i];                                                                              \
+            }                                                                                                          \
+            buffer[i] = '\0';                                                                                          \
+            cachedName = buffer;                                                                                       \
+        }                                                                                                              \
+        return cachedName;                                                                                             \
+    }
+
+// Include MenuItem.h after the typedef to avoid circular dependency
+#include "data/MenuItem.h"

firmware/components/insa/include/common/InactivityTracker.h

@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+/**
+ * @file InactivityTracker.h
+ * @brief Inactivity tracking system for monitoring user interaction timeouts
+ * @details This header defines the InactivityTracker class which monitors user
+ *          activity and triggers timeout callbacks when the system remains inactive
+ *          for a specified duration. It provides essential functionality for power
+ *          management, screen savers, and automatic system state transitions.
+ * @author System Control Team
+ * @date 2025-06-20
+ */
+
+#pragma once
+
+#include <functional>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @class InactivityTracker
+ * @brief Activity monitoring class for detecting user inactivity periods
+ * @details This class provides a robust mechanism for tracking user activity and
+ *          triggering automatic actions when the system remains inactive for a
+ *          configured timeout period. It is commonly used for implementing power
+ *          saving features, automatic screen savers, session timeouts, and other
+ *          time-based system behaviors.
+ *
+ * The InactivityTracker operates by:
+ * - Continuously tracking elapsed time since the last user activity
+ * - Comparing elapsed time against a configurable timeout threshold
+ * - Executing a callback function when the timeout is reached
+ * - Providing methods to reset the timer when activity is detected
+ * - Supporting enable/disable functionality for dynamic control
+ *
+ * Key features include:
+ * - Configurable timeout duration in milliseconds
+ * - Custom callback function execution on timeout
+ * - Activity reset capability for responsive user interaction
+ * - Enable/disable control for conditional monitoring
+ * - High-resolution timing support using 64-bit millisecond precision
+ *
+ * Common use cases:
+ * - Screen saver activation after idle periods
+ * - Automatic screen dimming or shutdown
+ * - Session timeout management
+ * - Power management and battery conservation
+ * - User interface state transitions
+ * - Security lockout after inactivity
+ *
+ * The class is designed to be lightweight and efficient, suitable for
+ * real-time applications where precise timing and minimal overhead are important.
+ *
+ * @note This class requires regular update calls to function properly.
+ * @note The timeout callback is executed once per timeout period and will
+ *       not repeat until the tracker is reset and times out again.
+ *
+ * @see Widget for integration with UI components
+ * @see Menu for menu timeout implementations
+ */
+class InactivityTracker
+{
+  public:
+    /**
+     * @brief Constructs an InactivityTracker with specified timeout and callback
+     * @param timeoutMs Timeout duration in milliseconds before triggering callback
+     * @param onTimeout Callback function to execute when timeout is reached
+     *
+     * @pre timeoutMs must be greater than 0 for meaningful timeout behavior
+     * @pre onTimeout must be a valid callable function object
+     * @post InactivityTracker is initialized, enabled, and ready for activity monitoring
+     *
+     * @details The constructor initializes the inactivity tracker with the specified
+     *          timeout duration and callback function. The tracker starts in an enabled
+     *          state with zero elapsed time, ready to begin monitoring user activity.
+     *
+     * The timeout callback function can perform any necessary actions when inactivity
+     * is detected, such as:
+     * - Activating screen savers or power saving modes
+     * - Transitioning to different application states
+     * - Logging inactivity events
+     * - Triggering security lockouts
+     * - Initiating automatic save operations
+     *
+     * @note The tracker begins monitoring immediately upon construction.
+     * @note The callback function should be lightweight to avoid blocking
+     *       the main application thread during timeout processing.
+     *
+     * Example usage:
+     * @code
+     * auto tracker = InactivityTracker(30000, []() {
+     *     // Activate screen saver after 30 seconds of inactivity
+     *     activateScreenSaver();
+     * });
+     * @endcode
+     */
+    InactivityTracker(uint64_t timeoutMs, const std::function<void()> &onTimeout);
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Updates the inactivity timer and checks for timeout conditions
+     * @param dt Delta time in milliseconds since the last update call
+     *
+     * @details This method must be called regularly (typically every frame) to
+     *          maintain accurate timing and timeout detection. It increments the
+     *          elapsed time counter and triggers the timeout callback when the
+     *          configured timeout duration is reached.
+     *
+     * The update process:
+     * - Adds the delta time to the elapsed time counter (if enabled)
+     * - Compares elapsed time against the configured timeout threshold
+     * - Executes the timeout callback if the threshold is exceeded
+     * - Continues monitoring until reset or disabled
+     *
+     * @note This method should be called consistently from the main application
+     *       loop to ensure accurate timing behavior.
+     * @note The timeout callback is executed only once per timeout period.
+     * @note If the tracker is disabled, elapsed time is not updated.
+     *
+     * @see reset() to restart the inactivity timer
+     * @see setEnabled() to control monitoring state
+     */
+    void update(uint64_t dt);
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Resets the inactivity timer to indicate recent user activity
+     *
+     * @details This method should be called whenever user activity is detected
+     *          to restart the inactivity timeout period. It resets the elapsed
+     *          time counter to zero, effectively extending the timeout deadline
+     *          and preventing timeout callback execution until the full timeout
+     *          duration elapses again without further resets.
+     *
+     * Common scenarios for calling reset():
+     * - Button presses or key events
+     * - Mouse movement or touch input
+     * - Menu navigation or selection actions
+     * - Any user interface interaction
+     * - System activity that should extend the timeout
+     *
+     * @post Elapsed time is reset to zero, restarting the timeout period
+     *
+     * @note This method can be called at any time, even when the tracker
+     *       is disabled, to prepare for future monitoring.
+     * @note Frequent reset calls from active user interaction will prevent
+     *       timeout callback execution, which is the intended behavior.
+     *
+     * Example usage:
+     * @code
+     * void onButtonPress() {
+     *     tracker.reset(); // User activity detected, restart timeout
+     *     // Handle button press...
+     * }
+     * @endcode
+     */
+    void reset();
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Enables or disables inactivity monitoring
+     * @param enabled True to enable monitoring, false to disable
+     *
+     * @details This method controls whether the inactivity tracker actively
+     *          monitors for timeouts. When disabled, the elapsed time counter
+     *          is not updated during update() calls, effectively pausing the
+     *          timeout detection without losing the current elapsed time state.
+     *
+     * Use cases for disabling:
+     * - Temporary suspension during system operations
+     * - Context-sensitive monitoring (disable in certain application states)
+     * - Power management control (disable during low-power modes)
+     * - User preference settings (allow users to disable timeouts)
+     * - Development and debugging (disable for testing)
+     *
+     * When re-enabled, monitoring resumes from the current elapsed time state,
+     * allowing for seamless pause/resume functionality.
+     *
+     * @post Monitoring state is updated according to the enabled parameter
+     *
+     * @note Disabling the tracker does not reset the elapsed time counter.
+     * @note The timeout callback will not be executed while disabled, even
+     *       if the timeout threshold would otherwise be exceeded.
+     * @note Enabling/disabling can be done at any time during operation.
+     *
+     * Example usage:
+     * @code
+     * tracker.setEnabled(false); // Pause monitoring during critical operation
+     * performCriticalOperation();
+     * tracker.setEnabled(true);  // Resume monitoring after completion
+     * @endcode
+     */
+    void setEnabled(bool enabled);
+
+  private:
+    uint64_t m_timeoutMs;              ///< Timeout duration in milliseconds before callback execution
+    uint64_t m_elapsedTime;            ///< Current elapsed time since last reset in milliseconds
+    bool m_enabled;                    ///< Flag indicating whether monitoring is currently active
+    std::function<void()> m_onTimeout; ///< Callback function executed when timeout threshold is reached
+};

firmware/components/insa/include/common/Menu.h

@@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
+/**
+ * @file Menu.h
+ * @brief Menu widget class for creating interactive menu systems
+ * @details This header defines the Menu class which extends the Widget base class
+ *          to provide a comprehensive, customizable menu system supporting various
+ *          types of interactive menu items including text buttons, selections,
+ *          number inputs, and toggles. The menu supports navigation with directional
+ *          input and provides visual feedback through selection highlighting and scrollbars.
+ * @author System Control Team
+ * @date 2025-06-14
+ */
+
+#pragma once
+
+#include "Common.h"
+#include "MenuOptions.h"
+#include "Widget.h"
+#include "data/MenuItem.h"
+
+/**
+ * @class Menu
+ * @brief A comprehensive menu widget class for interactive user interfaces
+ * @details This class extends the Widget base class to provide a customizable menu system
+ *          with support for various types of interactive menu items. It handles user input
+ *          through directional navigation and action buttons, provides visual feedback
+ *          through selection highlighting, and supports scrolling for long menu lists.
+ *
+ * The menu system supports four types of menu items:
+ * - Text buttons: Simple selectable text items
+ * - Selection items: Dropdown/list selection with multiple options
+ * - Number inputs: Numeric value adjustment controls
+ * - Toggle items: Boolean on/off switches
+ *
+ * @note Menu items are identified by unique IDs and can be dynamically added
+ *       after menu creation.
+ *
+ * @see Widget
+ * @see MenuItem
+ * @see menu_options_t
+ */
+class Menu : public Widget
+{
+  public:
+    /**
+     * @brief Constructs a new Menu instance with the specified configuration
+     * @param options Pointer to menu configuration options structure
+     *
+     * @pre options must not be nullptr and must remain valid for the menu's lifetime
+     * @post Menu is initialized with the provided configuration and ready for item addition
+     *
+     * @note The menu does not take ownership of the options structure and assumes
+     *       it remains valid throughout the menu's lifetime.
+     */
+    explicit Menu(menu_options_t *options);
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Destructor - Cleans up resources when menu is destroyed
+     * @details Properly releases any allocated resources and ensures clean shutdown
+     *          of the menu system.
+     */
+    ~Menu() override;
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Adds a text-based menu item (button) to the menu
+     * @param id Unique identifier for this menu item (must be unique within the menu)
+     * @param text Display text shown on the menu item
+     *
+     * @pre id must be unique within this menu instance
+     * @post A new text menu item is added to the menu's item collection
+     *
+     * @note Text items act as buttons and generate selection events when activated
+     */
+    void addText(uint8_t id, const std::string &text);
+
+    void addTextCounter(uint8_t id, const std::string &text, const uint8_t value);
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Adds a selection menu item (dropdown/list selection) to the menu
+     * @param id Unique identifier for this menu item (must be unique within the menu)
+     * @param text Display text/label for the selection item
+     * @param values Vector of all available options to choose from
+     * @param index Reference to current selected value (will be modified by user interaction)
+     *
+     * @pre id must be unique within this menu instance
+     * @pre values vector must not be empty
+     * @pre value must be one of the strings in the values vector
+     * @post A new selection menu item is added with the specified options
+     *
+     * @note The value parameter is modified directly when the user changes the selection
+     */
+    void addSelection(uint8_t id, const std::string &text, const std::vector<std::string> &values, int index);
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Adds a toggle/checkbox menu item to the menu
+     * @param id Unique identifier for this menu item (must be unique within the menu)
+     * @param text Display text/label for the toggle item
+     * @param selected Current state of the toggle (true = on/enabled, false = off/disabled)
+     *
+     * @pre id must be unique within this menu instance
+     * @post A new toggle menu item is added with the specified initial state
+     *
+     * @note Toggle state can be changed through user interaction with select button
+     */
+    void addToggle(uint8_t id, const std::string &text, bool selected);
+
+  protected:
+    /**
+     * @brief Virtual callback method for handling button press events on specific menu items
+     * @param item The menu item that received the button press
+     * @param button The type of button that was pressed
+     *
+     * @details This method can be overridden by derived classes to implement custom
+     *          button handling logic for specific menu items. The base implementation
+     *          is empty, allowing derived classes to selectively handle events.
+     *
+     * @note Override this method in derived classes to implement custom menu item
+     *       interaction behavior beyond the standard navigation and value modification.
+     */
+    virtual void onButtonPressed(const MenuItem &item, const ButtonType button)
+    {
+        // Base implementation intentionally empty - override in derived classes as needed
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Retrieves a menu item by its index position
+     * @param index Zero-based index of the menu item to retrieve
+     * @return MenuItem object at the specified index
+     *
+     * @pre index must be within valid range [0, getItemCount()-1]
+     * @post Returns a copy of the menu item at the specified position
+     *
+     * @throws std::out_of_range if index is invalid
+     *
+     * @note This method returns a copy of the menu item, not a reference
+     */
+    MenuItem getItem(int index);
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Gets the total number of menu items in the menu
+     * @return Size of the menu items collection
+     *
+     * @post Returns current count of menu items (>= 0)
+     *
+     * @note This count includes all types of menu items (text, selection, toggle)
+     */
+    [[nodiscard]] size_t getItemCount() const;
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Dynamically adjusts the number of menu items to the specified size
+     * @param size Target number of menu items the menu should contain
+     *
+     * @details If the target size is larger than current item count, new selection
+     *          items are added using the first item's values as template. If the
+     *          target size is smaller, excess items are removed from the end.
+     *
+     * @pre size must be > 0 and at least one menu item must exist as template
+     * @post Menu contains exactly 'size' number of items
+     *
+     * @note New items are created as selection items with auto-generated names
+     *       in the format "Section X" where X is the item number
+     */
+    void setItemSize(size_t size, int8_t startIndex = 0);
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Toggles the boolean state of a toggle menu item
+     * @param menuItem The toggle menu item whose state should be flipped
+     *
+     * @pre menuItem must be of type TOGGLE
+     * @post The menu item's value is switched between "true" and "false"
+     *
+     * @details Changes "true" to "false" and "false" to "true" for toggle items.
+     *          The modified item replaces the original in the menu's item collection.
+     *
+     * @note This method directly modifies the menu's internal state
+     */
+    void toggle(const MenuItem &menuItem);
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Changes the selected value of a selection menu item based on button input
+     * @param menuItem The selection menu item to modify
+     * @param button The directional button pressed (LEFT or RIGHT)
+     *
+     * @pre menuItem must be of type SELECTION with valid values array
+     * @post The menu item's selected index is adjusted based on button direction
+     *
+     * @details LEFT button moves to previous option (wraps to end if at beginning),
+     *          RIGHT button moves to next option (wraps to beginning if at end).
+     *          Other button types are ignored.
+     *
+     * @note The modified item replaces the original in the menu's item collection
+     */
+    MenuItem switchValue(const MenuItem &menuItem, ButtonType button);
+
+  private:
+    MenuItem replaceItem(int index, const MenuItem &item);
+
+    void Render() override;
+
+    void OnButtonClicked(ButtonType button) override;
+
+    void onPressedDown();
+
+    void onPressedUp();
+
+    void onPressedLeft() const;
+
+    void onPressedRight() const;
+
+    void onPressedSelect() const;
+
+    void onPressedBack() const;
+
+    void drawScrollBar() const;
+
+    void drawSelectionBox() const;
+
+    void renderWidget(const MenuItem *item, const uint8_t *font, int x, int y) const;
+
+    // Member variables
+    size_t m_selected_item = 0;
+    std::vector<MenuItem> m_items;
+    menu_options_t *m_options;
+};

firmware/components/insa/include/common/ScrollBar.h

@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/**
+ * @file ScrollBar.h
+ * @brief Vertical scrollbar widget for indicating scroll position in long content
+ * @details This header defines the ScrollBar class which provides a visual scrollbar
+ *          widget for indicating the current position within scrollable content.
+ *          The scrollbar displays a thumb that moves proportionally to represent
+ *          the current scroll position and visible area relative to the total content.
+ * @author System Control Team
+ * @date 2025-06-14
+ */
+
+#pragma once
+
+#include "MenuOptions.h"
+#include "Widget.h"
+
+/**
+ * @class ScrollBar
+ * @brief A vertical scrollbar widget that represents scroll position and range
+ * @details This final class inherits from Widget and provides visual feedback for
+ *          scrollable content. It displays a vertical track with a movable thumb
+ *          that indicates the current position within a scrollable range. The thumb
+ *          size is proportional to the visible area relative to the total content,
+ *          and its position reflects the current scroll offset.
+ *
+ * The scrollbar automatically calculates thumb dimensions and position based on
+ * the provided scroll values (current, minimum, maximum). It is designed to be
+ * used alongside scrollable content like menus or lists to provide visual
+ * feedback about scroll state.
+ *
+ * @note This class is marked as final and cannot be inherited from.
+ *
+ * @see Widget
+ * @see menu_options_t
+ */
+class ScrollBar final : public Widget
+{
+  public:
+    /**
+     * @brief Constructs a ScrollBar with specified position and dimensions
+     * @param options Pointer to menu options configuration structure
+     * @param x X coordinate position of the scrollbar on screen
+     * @param y Y coordinate position of the scrollbar on screen
+     * @param width Width of the scrollbar in pixels
+     * @param height Height of the scrollbar in pixels
+     *
+     * @pre options must not be nullptr and must remain valid for the scrollbar's lifetime
+     * @pre width and height must be greater than 0
+     * @pre x and y must be valid screen coordinates
+     * @post ScrollBar is initialized with the specified geometry and ready for use
+     *
+     * @note The scrollbar does not take ownership of the options structure and
+     *       assumes it remains valid throughout the scrollbar's lifetime.
+     */
+    ScrollBar(const menu_options_t *options, size_t x, size_t y, size_t width, size_t height);
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Renders the scrollbar to the screen
+     * @details Overrides the base Widget render method to draw the scrollbar track
+     *          and thumb. The appearance is determined by the current scroll state
+     *          and the menu options configuration.
+     *
+     * @pre u8g2 display context must be initialized and ready for drawing
+     * @post Scrollbar's visual representation is drawn to the display buffer
+     *
+     * @note This method is called during each frame's render cycle. The scrollbar
+     *       track and thumb are drawn based on the current scroll values set by refresh().
+     */
+    void Render() override;
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Updates the scrollbar state with new scroll values
+     * @param value Current scroll position value (must be between min and max)
+     * @param max Maximum scroll value (total content size)
+     * @param min Minimum scroll value (default: 0, typically the start of content)
+     *
+     * @pre value must be between min and max (inclusive)
+     * @pre max must be greater than or equal to min
+     * @post Scrollbar thumb position and size are recalculated based on new values
+     *
+     * @details This method recalculates the thumb's height and vertical position
+     *          based on the provided scroll range and current position. The thumb
+     *          height represents the proportion of visible content to total content,
+     *          while its position represents the current scroll offset within the range.
+     *
+     * @note Call this method whenever the scroll state changes to keep the
+     *       scrollbar visualization synchronized with the actual content position.
+     */
+    void refresh(size_t value, size_t max, size_t min = 0);
+
+  private:
+    // Position and dimensions
+    size_t m_x;      ///< X coordinate of the scrollbar's left edge
+    size_t m_y;      ///< Y coordinate of the scrollbar's top edge
+    size_t m_width;  ///< Width of the scrollbar track in pixels
+    size_t m_height; ///< Height of the scrollbar track in pixels
+
+    // Scroll state values
+    size_t m_value; ///< Current scroll position within the range [m_min, m_max]
+    size_t m_max;   ///< Maximum scroll value representing the end of content
+    size_t m_min;   ///< Minimum scroll value representing the start of content
+
+    // Calculated thumb properties (updated by refresh())
+    size_t m_thumbHeight; ///< Calculated height of the scroll thumb in pixels
+    size_t m_thumbY;      ///< Calculated Y position of the scroll thumb relative to track
+};

firmware/components/insa/include/common/Widget.h

@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+/**
+ * @file Widget.h
+ * @brief Base widget class for UI components in the INSA system
+ * @details This header defines the Widget base class that serves as the foundation
+ *          for all UI components in the system. It provides a standardized interface
+ *          for rendering, updating, and handling user input using the u8g2 graphics library.
+ * @author System Control Team
+ * @date 2025-06-14
+ */
+
+#pragma once
+
+#include "u8g2.h"
+
+#include "common/Common.h"
+
+/**
+ * @class Widget
+ * @brief Base class for UI widgets that can be rendered and interact with user input
+ * @details This abstract base class provides a common interface for all widgets in the system.
+ *          It manages the u8g2 display context and defines the core methods that all widgets
+ *          must implement or can override. The class follows the template method pattern,
+ *          allowing derived classes to customize behavior while maintaining a consistent
+ *          interface for the UI system.
+ *
+ * @note All widgets should inherit from this class to ensure compatibility with
+ *       the UI management system.
+ *
+ * @see u8g2_t
+ * @see ButtonType
+ */
+class Widget
+{
+  public:
+    /**
+     * @brief Constructs a widget with the given u8g2 display context
+     * @param u8g2 Pointer to the u8g2 display context used for rendering operations
+     *
+     * @pre u8g2 must not be nullptr
+     * @post Widget is initialized with the provided display context
+     *
+     * @note The widget does not take ownership of the u8g2 context and assumes
+     *       it remains valid for the lifetime of the widget.
+     */
+    explicit Widget(u8g2_t *u8g2);
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Virtual destructor to ensure proper cleanup of derived classes
+     * @details Ensures that derived class destructors are called correctly when
+     *          a widget is destroyed through a base class pointer.
+     */
+    virtual ~Widget() = default;
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Called when the widget becomes active or enters the foreground
+     * @details This method is invoked when the widget transitions from inactive
+     *          to active state, such as when it becomes the current screen or
+     *          gains focus. Derived classes can override this method to perform
+     *          initialization tasks, reset state, or prepare for user interaction.
+     *
+     * @note The base implementation is empty, allowing derived classes to override
+     *       only if entry behavior is needed.
+     * @note This method is typically called by the UI management system during
+     *       screen transitions or focus changes.
+     */
+    virtual void onEnter();
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Called when the widget is temporarily paused or loses focus
+     * @details This method is invoked when the widget needs to suspend its
+     *          operations temporarily, such as when another widget takes focus
+     *          or the system enters a paused state. Derived classes can override
+     *          this method to pause animations, save state, or reduce resource usage.
+     *
+     * @note The base implementation is empty, allowing derived classes to override
+     *       only if pause behavior is needed.
+     * @note The widget should be prepared to resume from this state when resume() is called.
+     */
+    virtual void onPause();
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Called when the widget resumes from a paused state
+     * @details This method is invoked when the widget transitions from paused
+     *          to active state, typically after a previous pause() call. Derived
+     *          classes can override this method to restore animations, reload
+     *          resources, or continue interrupted operations.
+     *
+     * @note The base implementation is empty, allowing derived classes to override
+     *       only if resume behavior is needed.
+     * @note This method should restore the widget to the state it was in before pause() was called.
+     */
+    virtual void onResume();
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Called when the widget is being destroyed or exits the system
+     * @details This method is invoked when the widget is about to be removed
+     *          from the system or transitions to an inactive state permanently.
+     *          Derived classes can override this method to perform cleanup tasks,
+     *          save final state, or release resources that are not automatically freed.
+     *
+     * @note The base implementation is empty, allowing derived classes to override
+     *       only if onExit behavior is needed.
+     * @note This method is called before the widget's destructor and provides
+     *       an opportunity for controlled shutdown of widget-specific resources.
+     */
+    virtual void onExit();
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Updates the widget's internal state based on elapsed time
+     * @param dt Delta time in milliseconds since the last update call
+     *
+     * @details This method is called once per frame by the UI system to handle
+     *          animations, timers, state transitions, or other time-dependent behavior.
+     *          The base implementation is empty, allowing derived classes to override
+     *          only if time-based updates are needed.
+     *
+     * @note Override this method in derived classes to implement time-based behavior
+     *       such as animations, blinking effects, or timeout handling.
+     */
+    virtual void Update(uint64_t dt);
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Renders the widget to the display
+     * @details This method should be overridden by derived classes to implement
+     *          their specific rendering logic using the u8g2 display context.
+     *          The base implementation is empty, requiring derived classes to
+     *          provide their own rendering code.
+     *
+     * @pre u8g2 context must be initialized and ready for drawing operations
+     * @post Widget's visual representation is drawn to the display buffer
+     *
+     * @note This method is called during the rendering phase of each frame.
+     *       Derived classes should use the u8g2 member variable to perform
+     *       drawing operations.
+     */
+    virtual void Render();
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Handles button press events
+     * @param button The type of button that was pressed
+     *
+     * @details This method is called when a button press event occurs and allows
+     *          the widget to respond to user input. The base implementation is empty,
+     *          allowing derived classes to override only if input handling is needed.
+     *
+     * @note Override this method in derived classes to implement button-specific
+     *       behavior such as navigation, selection, or state changes.
+     *
+     * @see ButtonType for available button types
+     */
+    virtual void OnButtonClicked(ButtonType button);
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Returns the name of this widget for diagnostic purposes
+     * @return A string identifying the widget type
+     *
+     * @details This method returns a human-readable name for the widget which
+     *          is used for logging and diagnostic events. Derived classes should
+     *          override this method to return their specific screen/widget name.
+     *
+     * @note The base implementation returns "Widget". Override in derived classes
+     *       to provide meaningful screen names for diagnostics.
+     */
+    virtual const char *getName() const;
+
+  protected:
+    /**
+     * @brief Pointer to the u8g2 display context used for rendering operations
+     * @details This member provides access to the u8g2 graphics library functions
+     *          for drawing text, shapes, bitmaps, and other UI elements. It is
+     *          initialized during construction and remains valid for the widget's lifetime.
+     *
+     * @note This member is protected to allow derived classes direct access while
+     *       preventing external modification. Derived classes should use this
+     *       context for all rendering operations.
+     *
+     * @warning Do not modify or delete this pointer. The widget does not own
+     *          the u8g2 context and assumes it is managed externally.
+     */
+    u8g2_t *u8g2;
+};

firmware/components/insa/include/data/MenuItem.h

@@ -0,0 +1,310 @@
+/**
+ * @file MenuItem.h
+ * @brief Menu item data structure for user interface menu systems
+ * @details This header defines the MenuItem class which represents individual menu
+ *          items that can be displayed and interacted with in user interface menus.
+ *          It supports various types of menu items including simple buttons, toggles,
+ *          value selectors, and multi-option selections with flexible callback handling.
+ * @author System Control Team
+ * @date 2025-06-14
+ */
+
+#pragma once
+
+#include <functional>
+#include <string>
+#include <vector>
+
+#include "common/Common.h"
+
+/**
+ * @class MenuItem
+ * @brief Flexible menu item class supporting various interaction types and behaviors
+ * @details This class represents individual menu items that can be displayed in user
+ *          interface menus. It provides a flexible foundation for different types of
+ *          menu interactions including simple navigation buttons, toggle switches,
+ *          value adjustments, and multi-option selections.
+ * 
+ * The MenuItem class supports multiple interaction patterns:
+ * - **Simple Actions**: Basic menu items that execute a function when activated
+ * - **Value Display**: Items that show a current value (read-only or editable)
+ * - **Selection Lists**: Items that cycle through multiple predefined values
+ * - **Toggle States**: Boolean items that can be switched on/off
+ * - **Custom Behaviors**: Flexible callback system for specialized interactions
+ * 
+ * Each menu item is identified by a unique ID and has a type that defines its
+ * visual appearance and interaction behavior. The callback system allows for
+ * flexible event handling while maintaining type safety through std::function.
+ * 
+ * Key features include:
+ * - Multiple constructor overloads for different menu item types
+ * - Type-safe callback system with ButtonCallback function objects
+ * - Support for both single values and value lists
+ * - Flexible text and value management
+ * - Efficient state management and validation
+ * 
+ * @note This class is designed to be lightweight and efficient for embedded
+ *       systems while providing rich functionality for complex user interfaces.
+ * 
+ * @see ButtonCallback for callback function signature
+ * @see ButtonType for available button types
+ * @see Menu for menu container functionality
+ */
+class MenuItem
+{
+public:
+    /**
+     * @brief Constructs a simple action menu item with text and callback
+     * @param id Unique identifier for this menu item within its parent menu
+     * @param type Type identifier defining the item's behavior and visual appearance
+     * @param text Display text shown to the user for this menu item
+     * @param callback Function to call when the item is activated
+     * 
+     * @pre id must be unique within the parent menu context
+     * @pre text should not be empty for proper user interface display
+     * @pre callback should be a valid callable object
+     * @post MenuItem is initialized as a simple action item ready for display
+     * 
+     * @details Creates a basic menu item that displays text and executes a callback
+     *          when activated. This is the most common type of menu item used for
+     *          navigation, simple actions, and command execution.
+     * 
+     * Typical use cases include:
+     * - Navigation items (e.g., "Settings", "Back", "Exit")
+     * - Action items (e.g., "Save", "Reset", "Start")
+     * - Sub-menu entries (e.g., "Light Control", "System Info")
+     * 
+     * @note The callback is stored as a std::function and can be a lambda,
+     *       function pointer, or any callable object matching the ButtonCallback signature.
+     */
+    MenuItem(uint8_t id, uint8_t type, std::string text, ButtonCallback callback);
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Constructs a value-displaying menu item with text, value, and callback
+     * @param id Unique identifier for this menu item within its parent menu
+     * @param type Type identifier defining the item's behavior and visual appearance
+     * @param text Display text shown to the user for this menu item
+     * @param value Current value associated with this item (displayed to user)
+     * @param callback Function to call when the item is activated
+     * 
+     * @pre id must be unique within the parent menu context
+     * @pre text should not be empty for proper user interface display
+     * @pre callback should be a valid callable object
+     * @post MenuItem is initialized with text and value display capabilities
+     * 
+     * @details Creates a menu item that displays both text and a current value.
+     *          This type is commonly used for settings display, status information,
+     *          or items where the current state needs to be visible to the user.
+     * 
+     * Typical use cases include:
+     * - Setting displays (e.g., "Brightness: 75%")
+     * - Status information (e.g., "Connection: WiFi")
+     * - Editable values (e.g., "Timeout: 30s")
+     * - Current selections (e.g., "Mode: Auto")
+     * 
+     * @note The value can be updated later using setValue() to reflect changes
+     *       in the underlying system state.
+     */
+    MenuItem(uint8_t id, uint8_t type, std::string text, std::string value, ButtonCallback callback);
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Constructs a multi-selection menu item with selectable values
+     * @param id Unique identifier for this menu item within its parent menu
+     * @param type Type identifier defining the item's behavior and visual appearance
+     * @param text Display text shown to the user for this menu item
+     * @param values List of all available values that can be selected
+     * @param index Currently selected value from the available options
+     * @param callback Function to call when the item is activated
+     * 
+     * @pre id must be unique within the parent menu context
+     * @pre text should not be empty for proper user interface display
+     * @pre value should be present in the values vector
+     * @pre values should not be empty and should contain valid options
+     * @pre callback should be a valid callable object
+     * @post MenuItem is initialized with multiple selectable values
+     * 
+     * @details Creates a menu item that allows selection from multiple predefined
+     *          values. This type enables cycling through options or displaying
+     *          selection dialogs, making it ideal for configuration settings
+     *          with discrete choices.
+     * 
+     * Typical use cases include:
+     * - Mode selection (e.g., "Display Mode: [Day, Night, Auto]")
+     * - Configuration options (e.g., "Language: [English, Deutsch, Français]")
+     * - Preset selection (e.g., "Profile: [Home, Office, Travel]")
+     * - Format selection (e.g., "Time Format: [12H, 24H]")
+     * 
+     * @note The callback can implement cycling logic to move through the values
+     *       or open a selection dialog for user choice.
+     * @note The values vector is stored by copy, so modifications to the original
+     *       vector after construction do not affect the menu item.
+     */
+    MenuItem(uint8_t id, uint8_t type, std::string text, std::vector<std::string> values, int index,
+             ButtonCallback callback);
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Gets the unique identifier of this menu item
+     * @return The menu item's unique ID as assigned during construction
+     * 
+     * @details Returns the unique identifier that distinguishes this menu item
+     *          from others within the same menu context. This ID is used by
+     *          menu systems for item identification, event routing, and state management.
+     * 
+     * @note The ID is immutable after construction and guaranteed to be unique
+     *       within the menu context where this item is used.
+     */
+    [[nodiscard]] uint8_t getId() const;
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Gets the type identifier of this menu item
+     * @return The menu item's type identifier defining its behavior
+     * 
+     * @details Returns the type identifier that defines how this menu item
+     *          behaves and appears in the user interface. The type determines
+     *          rendering style, interaction patterns, and event handling behavior.
+     * 
+     * @note The type is immutable after construction and should correspond
+     *       to predefined menu item type constants defined in the system.
+     */
+    [[nodiscard]] uint8_t getType() const;
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Gets the display text of this menu item
+     * @return Const reference to the menu item's display text
+     * 
+     * @details Returns the text that is displayed to the user for this menu item.
+     *          This text serves as the primary label and should be descriptive
+     *          enough for users to understand the item's purpose.
+     * 
+     * @note Returns a const reference for efficiency while preventing
+     *       accidental modification of the text content.
+     */
+    [[nodiscard]] const std::string &getText() const;
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Gets the current value of this menu item
+     * @return Const reference to the menu item's current value
+     * 
+     * @details Returns the current value associated with this menu item.
+     *          For simple action items, this may be empty. For value-based
+     *          items, this represents the current state, selection, or setting.
+     * 
+     * @note Returns a const reference for efficiency while preventing
+     *       accidental modification through the getter.
+     * @note For boolean items, the value is typically "true"/"false" or similar.
+     */
+    [[nodiscard]] const std::string &getValue() const;
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Sets a new value for this menu item
+     * @param value The new value to assign to this menu item
+     * 
+     * @details Updates the current value of this menu item. This is commonly
+     *          used to reflect changes in system state, user selections, or
+     *          configuration updates. The new value should be appropriate
+     *          for the menu item's type and purpose.
+     * 
+     * @note For multi-selection items, the value should be one of the
+     *       predefined values in the values vector.
+     * @note For boolean items, typical values are "true"/"false", "ON"/"OFF",
+     *       or other boolean representations.
+     * @note The value update does not automatically trigger the callback;
+     *       this is purely for state management.
+     */
+    void setValue(const std::string &value);
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Handles button press events for this menu item
+     * @param button The type of button that was pressed
+     * 
+     * @details Processes button press events by invoking the associated callback
+     *          function if one exists. This method serves as the event handler
+     *          that connects user interactions to the menu item's functionality.
+     * 
+     * The method performs the following actions:
+     * - Validates that the ID matches this menu item
+     * - Checks if a callback function is available
+     * - Invokes the callback with the provided button type
+     * - Handles any callback-related error conditions gracefully
+     * 
+     * @note This method is typically called by the parent menu system when
+     *       user interaction occurs on this menu item.
+     * @note If no callback is set, the method returns without error.
+     * @note The callback is responsible for implementing the specific behavior
+     *       for the button press (navigation, value changes, actions, etc.).
+     */
+    void onButtonPressed(ButtonType button) const;
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Checks if this menu item has an associated callback function
+     * @return true if a callback function is set, false otherwise
+     * 
+     * @details Determines whether this menu item has a valid callback function
+     *          that can be invoked when the item is activated. This is useful
+     *          for menu systems that need to distinguish between interactive
+     *          and non-interactive items.
+     * 
+     * @note Menu items without callbacks are typically used for display-only
+     *       purposes such as headers, separators, or status information.
+     * @note Interactive menu items should always have callbacks to provide
+     *       meaningful user interaction.
+     */
+    [[nodiscard]] bool hasCallback() const;
+
+    [[nodiscard]] int getIndex() const;
+
+    [[nodiscard]] std::vector<std::string> getValues() const;
+
+    [[nodiscard]] size_t getItemCount() const;
+
+    [[nodiscard]] MenuItem copyWith(const std::string &value) const;
+
+    [[nodiscard]] MenuItem copyWith(size_t index) const;
+
+private:
+    /**
+     * @brief Unique identifier for this menu item
+     * @details Stores the unique ID that distinguishes this menu item from others
+     *          within the same menu context. Used for event routing and item identification.
+     */
+    uint8_t m_id;
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Type identifier defining the item's behavior and appearance
+     * @details Stores the type that determines how this menu item behaves,
+     *          how it's rendered, and what interaction patterns it supports.
+     */
+    uint8_t m_type;
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Display text shown to the user
+     * @details Stores the primary text label that is displayed to users,
+     *          serving as the main identifier and description of the menu item's purpose.
+     */
+    std::string m_text;
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Current value associated with this menu item
+     * @details Stores the current value for value-based menu items, representing
+     *          the current state, selection, or setting that should be displayed to the user.
+     */
+    std::string m_value;
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Available values for selection-based menu items
+     * @details Stores the list of all possible values that can be selected for
+     *          multi-option menu items. Used for cycling through options or
+     *          displaying selection dialogs.
+     */
+    std::vector<std::string> m_values;
+
+    int m_index = -1;
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Callback function invoked when the menu item is activated
+     * @details Stores the function object that implements the menu item's behavior
+     *          when activated by user interaction. Uses std::function for flexibility
+     *          and type safety.
+     */
+    ButtonCallback m_callback;
+};

firmware/components/insa/include/data/roads.h

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+#define road_horizontal_width 16
+#define road_horizontal_height 16
+static unsigned char road_horizontal_bits[] = {0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+                                               0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x8c, 0xc7, 0x8c, 0xc7, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+                                               0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00};
+
+#define road_vertical_width 16
+#define road_vertical_height 16
+static unsigned char road_vertical_bits[] = {0x80, 0x01, 0x80, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80,
+                                             0x01, 0x80, 0x01, 0x80, 0x01, 0x80, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+                                             0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x01, 0x80, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00};
+
+#define road_t_up_width 16
+#define road_t_up_height 16
+static unsigned char road_t_up_bits[] = {0x00, 0x03, 0x00, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x03, 0x00,
+                                         0x03, 0xcc, 0xcf, 0xcc, 0xcc, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+                                         0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00};
+
+#define road_t_crossing_width 16
+#define road_t_crossing_height 16
+static unsigned char road_t_crossing_bits[] = {0x80, 0x01, 0x80, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x01, 0x80,
+                                               0x01, 0xe6, 0x67, 0xe6, 0x67, 0x80, 0x01, 0x80, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00,
+                                               0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x01, 0x80, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00};

firmware/components/insa/include/data/vehicles.h

@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#define car_width 16
+#define car_height 16
+const unsigned char car_left_bits []  = {
+    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0x07, 0xf0, 0x0f, 0xee, 0x77, 0xee, 0x77, 0xee, 0x77,
+    0x2e, 0x74, 0xde, 0x78, 0x02, 0x40, 0x3c, 0x3c, 0x42, 0x42, 0xda, 0x5b, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00
+};
+const unsigned char car_right_bits []  = {
+    0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0x07, 0xf0, 0x0f, 0xee, 0x77, 0xee, 0x77, 0xee, 0x77,
+    0x2e, 0x74, 0x1e, 0x7b, 0x02, 0x40, 0x3c, 0x3c, 0x42, 0x42, 0xda, 0x5b, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00
+};
+
+#define convertable_width 16
+#define convertable_height 16
+static unsigned char convertable_left_bits[] = {0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x20, 0x00, 0x30, 0x0c, 0xee,
+                                                0x77, 0x2e, 0x74, 0xae, 0x75, 0xae, 0x75, 0xfe, 0x7f, 0x82, 0x41,
+                                                0x3c, 0x3c, 0x42, 0x42, 0xda, 0x5b, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00};
+static unsigned char convertable_right_bits[] = {0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x30, 0x0c, 0xee,
+                                                 0x77, 0x2e, 0x74, 0xae, 0x75, 0xae, 0x75, 0xfe, 0x7f, 0x82, 0x41,
+                                                 0x3c, 0x3c, 0x42, 0x42, 0xda, 0x5b, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00};
+
+#define lorry_width 32
+#define lorry_height 16
+const unsigned char lorry_left_bits[] = {0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0e, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0,
+                                         0x0b, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0x0b, 0x00, 0x00, 0xee, 0x0b, 0x00, 0x00, 0xee, 0x0f,
+                                         0xbc, 0x07, 0x2e, 0xfa, 0xff, 0x7f, 0xae, 0xfa, 0xff, 0x7f, 0xbe, 0x0a, 0x00,
+                                         0x60, 0x02, 0x0a, 0x00, 0x60, 0x3c, 0x0a, 0xbc, 0x67, 0x42, 0xfe, 0x43, 0x78,
+                                         0xda, 0xff, 0x5b, 0x7b, 0x18, 0x00, 0x18, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00};
+const unsigned char lorry_right_bits[] = {0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x70, 0x00, 0x00,
+                                          0x00, 0xd0, 0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0xd0, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x00, 0xd0, 0x77, 0xe0, 0x3d,
+                                          0xf0, 0x77, 0xfe, 0xff, 0x5f, 0x74, 0xfe, 0xff, 0x5f, 0x75, 0x06, 0x00, 0x50,
+                                          0x7d, 0x06, 0x00, 0x50, 0x40, 0xe6, 0x3d, 0x50, 0x3c, 0x1e, 0xc2, 0x7f, 0x42,
+                                          0xde, 0xda, 0xff, 0x5b, 0xc0, 0x18, 0x00, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00};
+#define suv_width 16
+#define suv_height 16
+const unsigned char suv_left_bits[] = {0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0x07, 0xf0, 0x0f, 0xee, 0x77, 0xee,
+                                       0x77, 0xee, 0x77, 0x2e, 0x74, 0xde, 0x78, 0x02, 0x40, 0x02, 0x40,
+                                       0x3c, 0x3c, 0x42, 0x42, 0xda, 0x5b, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00};
+const unsigned char suv_right_bits[] = {0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0x07, 0xf0, 0x0f, 0xee, 0x77, 0xee,
+                                    0x77, 0xee, 0x77, 0x2e, 0x74, 0x1e, 0x7b, 0x02, 0x40, 0x02, 0x40,
+                                    0x3c, 0x3c, 0x42, 0x42, 0xda, 0x5b, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00};
+
+#define truck_width 32
+#define truck_height 16
+const unsigned char truck_left_bits[] = {0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff, 0xff, 0x3f, 0x00, 0xff, 0xff, 0x7f, 0xe0,
+                                         0xff, 0xff, 0x7f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xff, 0x7f, 0xee, 0xff, 0xff, 0x7f, 0xee, 0x03,
+                                         0x00, 0x60, 0x2e, 0x02, 0x00, 0x40, 0xae, 0x02, 0x00, 0x40, 0xbe, 0x02, 0x00,
+                                         0x40, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x40, 0x3c, 0x02, 0xbc, 0x47, 0x42, 0x02, 0x42, 0x48,
+                                         0xda, 0xff, 0x5b, 0x7b, 0x18, 0x38, 0x18, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00};
+const unsigned char truck_right_bits[] = {0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfc, 0xff, 0xff, 0x00, 0xfe, 0xff, 0xff, 0x00, 0xfe,
+                                          0xff, 0xff, 0x07, 0xfe, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0f, 0xfe, 0xff, 0xff, 0x77, 0x06, 0x00,
+                                          0xc0, 0x77, 0x02, 0x00, 0x40, 0x74, 0x02, 0x00, 0x40, 0x75, 0x02, 0x00, 0x40,
+                                          0x7d, 0x02, 0x00, 0x40, 0x40, 0xe2, 0x3d, 0x40, 0x3c, 0x12, 0x42, 0x40, 0x42,
+                                          0xde, 0xda, 0xff, 0x5b, 0xc0, 0x18, 0x1c, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00};

firmware/components/insa/include/ui/ClockScreenSaver.h

@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/**
+ * @file ClockScreenSaver.h
+ * @brief Animated clock screensaver implementation with bouncing time display
+ * @details This header defines the ClockScreenSaver class which provides an animated
+ *          clock screensaver that shows the system time bouncing around the screen.
+ *          The screensaver prevents screen burn-in while displaying useful information.
+ * @author System Control Team
+ * @date 2025-06-14
+ */
+
+#pragma once
+
+#include "MenuOptions.h"
+#include "common/Widget.h"
+
+/**
+ * @class ClockScreenSaver
+ * @brief Animated clock screensaver widget for system idle periods
+ */
+class ClockScreenSaver final : public Widget
+{
+  public:
+    explicit ClockScreenSaver(menu_options_t *options);
+    void Update(uint64_t dt) override;
+    void Render() override;
+    void OnButtonClicked(ButtonType button) override;
+    const char *getName() const override;
+
+  private:
+    static constexpr int MOVE_INTERVAL = 50;                       // milliseconds between movements
+    static constexpr int X_VELOCITY = 1;                           // horizontal movement speed
+    static constexpr int Y_VELOCITY = 1;                           // vertical movement speed
+    static constexpr int TEXT_PADDING = 0;                         // padding around text for bounds checking
+    static constexpr const uint8_t *FONT = u8g2_font_profont15_tf; // font for time display
+
+    menu_options_t *m_options;
+    uint64_t m_moveTimer;
+
+    // Position and movement
+    int m_posX;
+    int m_posY;
+    int m_velocityX;
+    int m_velocityY;
+
+    // Text dimensions (calculated once)
+    int m_textWidth;
+    int m_textHeight;
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Initialize position and movement
+     */
+    void initPosition();
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Update the text dimensions based on current time
+     */
+    void updateTextDimensions();
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Get the current time as a formatted string
+     * @param buffer Buffer to store the formatted time
+     * @param bufferSize Size of the buffer
+     */
+    void getCurrentTimeString(char *buffer, size_t bufferSize) const;
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Check and handle collision with screen boundaries
+     */
+    void checkBoundaryCollision();
+};

firmware/components/insa/include/ui/ExternalDevices.h

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#include "common/Menu.h"
+
+class ExternalDevices final : public Menu
+{
+  public:
+    explicit ExternalDevices(menu_options_t *options);
+
+    const char *getName() const override;
+
+  private:
+    void onButtonPressed(const MenuItem &menuItem, ButtonType button) override;
+    menu_options_t *m_options;
+};

firmware/components/insa/include/ui/LightMenu.h

@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+/**
+ * @file LightMenu.h
+ * @brief Light control menu implementation for lighting system management
+ * @details This header defines the LightMenu class which provides a specialized
+ *          user interface for controlling lighting systems and illumination features.
+ *          It extends the Menu base class to offer comprehensive light control
+ *          functionality including brightness adjustment, color selection, and
+ *          lighting mode configuration.
+ * @author System Control Team
+ * @date 2025-06-14
+ */
+
+#pragma once
+
+#include "common/Menu.h"
+
+/**
+ * @class LightMenu
+ * @brief Light control menu interface class for illumination system management
+ * @details This final class inherits from Menu and provides a comprehensive interface
+ *          for controlling various aspects of the lighting system. It allows users to
+ *          adjust brightness levels, select colors, configure lighting modes, and
+ *          manage automated lighting behaviors.
+ *
+ * The LightMenu class extends the base Menu functionality by:
+ * - Providing light-specific control options (brightness, color, modes)
+ * - Implementing real-time lighting preview and feedback
+ * - Managing lighting presets and custom configurations
+ * - Handling immediate lighting adjustments and scheduled operations
+ *
+ * Typical lighting control features include:
+ * - Brightness adjustment (0-100% or similar range)
+ * - Color selection (RGB, HSV, or predefined colors)
+ * - Lighting modes (solid, fade, strobe, custom patterns)
+ * - Timer-based automation (on/off schedules)
+ * - Preset management (save/load favorite configurations)
+ * - Zone-based control (if multiple light zones are supported)
+ *
+ * The menu provides immediate visual feedback by applying changes to the
+ * connected lighting hardware in real-time as users navigate through options.
+ *
+ * @note This class is marked as final and cannot be inherited from.
+ * @note Lighting changes are typically applied immediately for instant feedback,
+ *       with the option to save configurations as presets.
+ *
+ * @see Menu for base menu functionality
+ * @see menu_options_t for configuration structure
+ * @see MainMenu for navigation back to main interface
+ */
+class LightMenu final : public Menu
+{
+  public:
+    /**
+     * @brief Constructs the light control menu with the specified configuration
+     * @param options Pointer to menu options configuration structure
+     *
+     * @pre options must not be nullptr and must remain valid for the menu's lifetime
+     * @pre options->u8g2 must be initialized and ready for graphics operations
+     * @pre All callback functions in options must be properly configured
+     * @pre Lighting hardware must be initialized and responsive
+     * @post LightMenu is initialized with current lighting state and ready for user interaction
+     *
+     * @details The constructor initializes the light control menu by:
+     *          - Reading current lighting system state and parameters
+     *          - Creating appropriate menu items for available lighting features
+     *          - Setting up real-time preview capabilities
+     *          - Loading saved lighting presets and configurations
+     *          - Configuring value ranges and validation for lighting parameters
+     *
+     * The menu automatically detects available lighting capabilities and presents
+     * only the controls that are supported by the connected hardware. This ensures
+     * a consistent user experience across different lighting system configurations.
+     *
+     * @note The menu does not take ownership of the options structure and assumes
+     *       it remains valid throughout the menu's lifetime.
+     * @note Current lighting state is preserved and can be restored if the user
+     *       exits without saving changes.
+     *
+     * @see Menu::Menu for base class construction details
+     */
+    explicit LightMenu(menu_options_t *options);
+
+    const char *getName() const override;
+
+  private:
+    /**
+     * @brief Handles button press events specific to light control menu items
+     * @param menuItem
+     * @param button Type of button that was pressed
+     *
+     * @details Overrides the base Menu class method to provide light control-specific
+     *          button handling logic. This method processes user interactions with
+     *          lighting control items and performs appropriate actions such as:
+     *          - Adjusting brightness levels (increment/decrement)
+     *          - Changing color values or selecting predefined colors
+     *          - Switching between lighting modes and patterns
+     *          - Saving/loading lighting presets
+     *          - Toggling lighting zones on/off
+     *          - Applying lighting changes immediately to hardware
+     *
+     * The method provides real-time feedback by immediately applying lighting
+     * changes to the connected hardware, allowing users to see the effects of
+     * their adjustments instantly. It also handles validation to ensure that
+     * lighting parameters remain within safe and supported ranges.
+     *
+     * Special handling includes:
+     * - Smooth transitions for brightness adjustments
+     * - Color wheel navigation for color selection
+     * - Mode cycling for lighting patterns
+     * - Confirmation prompts for preset operations
+     *
+     * @note This method is called by the base Menu class when a button press
+     *       occurs on a menu item, after the base class has handled standard
+     *       navigation operations.
+     * @note Changes are applied immediately to provide instant visual feedback,
+     *       but can be reverted if the user cancels or exits without saving.
+     *
+     * @see Menu::onButtonPressed for the base implementation
+     * @see ButtonType for available button types
+     */
+    void onButtonPressed(const MenuItem &menuItem, ButtonType button) override;
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Pointer to menu options configuration structure
+     * @details Stores a reference to the menu configuration passed during construction.
+     *          This pointer provides access to the display context and callback functions
+     *          needed for menu operations, screen transitions, and lighting control
+     *          communication with the hardware subsystem.
+     *
+     * The configuration enables:
+     * - Display context for rendering lighting control interface
+     * - Screen management callbacks for navigation to other menus
+     * - Hardware communication for real-time lighting control
+     * - System callbacks for lighting state persistence
+     *
+     * @note This pointer is not owned by the LightMenu and must remain valid
+     *       throughout the menu's lifetime. It is managed by the application framework.
+     *
+     * @warning Must not be modified after construction as it may be shared
+     *          with other components and contains critical system callbacks.
+     */
+    menu_options_t *m_options;
+};

firmware/components/insa/include/ui/MainMenu.h

@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/**
+ * @file MainMenu.h
+ * @brief Main menu implementation for the application's primary interface
+ * @details This header defines the MainMenu class which serves as the primary
+ *          user interface entry point for the application. It extends the Menu
+ *          base class to provide a customized main menu experience with
+ *          application-specific menu items and navigation behavior.
+ * @author System Control Team
+ * @date 2025-06-14
+ */
+
+#pragma once
+
+#include "common/Menu.h"
+
+/**
+ * @class MainMenu
+ * @brief Main menu interface class providing the primary application navigation
+ * @details This final class inherits from Menu and represents the main menu interface
+ *          of the application. It serves as the primary entry point for user interaction
+ *          and provides navigation to all major application features and sub-menus.
+ *
+ * The MainMenu class customizes the base Menu functionality by:
+ * - Defining application-specific menu items during construction
+ * - Implementing custom button handling for main menu navigation
+ * - Managing transitions to sub-menus and application features
+ *
+ * This class is typically the first screen presented to users after the splash
+ * screen and serves as the central hub for all application functionality.
+ *
+ * @note This class is marked as final and cannot be inherited from.
+ *
+ * @see Menu for base menu functionality
+ * @see menu_options_t for configuration structure
+ */
+class MainMenu final : public Menu
+{
+  public:
+    /**
+     * @brief Constructs the main menu with the specified configuration
+     * @param options Pointer to menu options configuration structure
+     *
+     * @pre options must not be nullptr and must remain valid for the menu's lifetime
+     * @pre options->u8g2 must be initialized and ready for graphics operations
+     * @pre All callback functions in options must be properly configured
+     * @post MainMenu is initialized with application-specific menu items and ready for use
+     *
+     * @details The constructor initializes the main menu by setting up all the
+     *          primary application menu items such as:
+     *          - Settings access
+     *          - Feature-specific menus
+     *          - System controls
+     *          - Application onExit options
+     *
+     * @note The menu does not take ownership of the options structure and assumes
+     *       it remains valid throughout the menu's lifetime.
+     */
+    explicit MainMenu(menu_options_t *options);
+
+    const char *getName() const override;
+
+  private:
+    /**
+     * @brief Handles button press events specific to main menu items
+     * @param menuItem
+     * @param button Type of button that was pressed
+     *
+     * @details Overrides the base Menu class method to provide main menu-specific
+     *          button handling logic. This method processes user interactions with
+     *          main menu items and initiates appropriate actions such as:
+     *          - Navigation to sub-menus (Settings, Light Control, etc.)
+     *          - Direct feature activation
+     *          - System operations
+     *
+     * The method uses the menu item ID to determine which action to take and
+     * utilizes the callback functions provided in m_options to perform screen
+     * transitions or other application-level operations.
+     *
+     * @note This method is called by the base Menu class when a button press
+     *       occurs on a menu item, after the base class has handled standard
+     *       navigation operations.
+     *
+     * @see Menu::onButtonPressed for the base implementation
+     * @see ButtonType for available button types
+     */
+    void onButtonPressed(const MenuItem &menuItem, ButtonType button) override;
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Pointer to menu options configuration structure
+     * @details Stores a reference to the menu configuration passed during construction.
+     *          This pointer provides access to the display context and callback functions
+     *          needed for menu operations, screen transitions, and user interaction handling.
+     *
+     * The configuration includes:
+     * - Display context for rendering operations
+     * - Screen management callbacks for navigation
+     * - Input handling callbacks for button events
+     *
+     * @note This pointer is not owned by the MainMenu and must remain valid
+     *       throughout the menu's lifetime. It is managed by the application framework.
+     *
+     * @warning Must not be modified after construction as it may be shared
+     *          with other components.
+     */
+    menu_options_t *m_options;
+};

firmware/components/insa/include/ui/ScreenSaver.h

@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+/**
+ * @file ScreenSaver.h
+ * @brief Animated screensaver implementation with vehicle effect
+ * @details This header defines the ScreenSaver class which provides an animated
+ *          vehicle screensaver that activates during periods of user inactivity.
+ *          The screensaver displays moving vehicles to prevent screen burn-in while
+ *          providing visual feedback that the system is still active and responsive.
+ * @author System Control Team
+ * @date 2025-06-14
+ */
+
+#pragma once
+
+#include "MenuOptions.h"
+#include "common/Widget.h"
+#include <vector>
+
+/**
+ * @class ScreenSaver
+ * @brief Animated vehicle screensaver widget for system idle periods
+ */
+class ScreenSaver final : public Widget
+{
+  public:
+    explicit ScreenSaver(menu_options_t *options);
+    void Update(uint64_t dt) override;
+    void Render() override;
+    void OnButtonClicked(ButtonType button) override;
+    const char *getName() const override;
+
+  private:
+    /**
+     * @enum VehicleType
+     * @brief Types of available vehicles
+     */
+    enum class VehicleType
+    {
+        CAR,
+        CONVERTABLE,
+        SUV,
+        LORRY,
+        TRUCK
+    };
+
+    /**
+     * @enum Direction
+     * @brief Movement direction for vehicles
+     */
+    enum class Direction
+    {
+        LEFT,
+        RIGHT
+    };
+
+    /**
+     * @struct Vehicle
+     * @brief Individual vehicle object for animation
+     */
+    struct Vehicle
+    {
+        int x;               // X position on screen
+        int y;               // Y position on screen
+        float speed;         // Movement speed
+        VehicleType type;    // Type of vehicle
+        Direction direction; // Movement direction
+        bool active;         // Whether a vehicle is currently active
+    };
+
+    static constexpr int MAX_LEFT_VEHICLES = 2;
+    static constexpr int MAX_RIGHT_VEHICLES = 2;
+    static constexpr int MAX_VEHICLES = MAX_LEFT_VEHICLES + MAX_RIGHT_VEHICLES;
+    static constexpr int VEHICLE_SPAWN_DELAY = 2500; // milliseconds
+    static constexpr float MIN_SPEED = 1.0f;
+    static constexpr float MAX_SPEED = 2.0f;
+    static constexpr int MIN_SAME_DIRECTION_DISTANCE = 48; // 32 + 16 pixels
+    static constexpr int MAX_SAME_DIRECTION_DISTANCE = 64; // 32 + 32 pixels
+
+    menu_options_t *m_options;
+    uint64_t m_animationCounter;
+    uint64_t m_lastSpawnTime;
+
+    std::vector<Vehicle> m_vehicles;
+    int m_leftVehicleCount;
+    int m_rightVehicleCount;
+    int m_sceneOffsetX = 0;
+    int m_sceneOffsetY = 0;
+    uint64_t m_sceneShiftTimer = 0;
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Initialize vehicle system
+     */
+    void initVehicles();
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Spawn a new vehicle if conditions are met
+     */
+    void trySpawnVehicle();
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Get a random vehicle type
+     * @return Random VehicleType
+     */
+    static VehicleType getRandomVehicleType();
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Get a random direction with constraint checking
+     * @return Direction for new vehicle
+     */
+    static Direction getRandomDirection();
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Draw a vehicle at a specified position
+     * @param vehicle Vehicle to draw
+     */
+    void drawVehicle(const Vehicle &vehicle) const;
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Draw a bitmap with transparency (black pixels are transparent)
+     * @param x X position
+     * @param y Y position
+     * @param width Bitmap width
+     * @param height Bitmap height
+     * @param bitmap Bitmap data
+     */
+    void drawTransparentBitmap(int x, int y, int width, int height, const unsigned char *bitmap) const;
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Get vehicle bitmap data
+     * @param type Vehicle type
+     * @param direction Movement direction
+     * @param width Output parameter for bitmap width
+     * @param height Output parameter for bitmap height
+     * @return Pointer to bitmap data
+     */
+    static const unsigned char *getVehicleBitmap(VehicleType type, Direction direction, int &width, int &height);
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Check if there's enough distance to spawn a vehicle in a specific direction
+     * @param direction Direction to check
+     * @return true if spawning is allowed
+     */
+    bool canSpawnInDirection(Direction direction) const;
+};

firmware/components/insa/include/ui/SettingsMenu.h

@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/**
+ * @file SettingsMenu.h
+ * @brief Settings menu implementation for application configuration
+ * @details This header defines the SettingsMenu class which provides a user interface
+ *          for configuring application settings and preferences. It extends the Menu
+ *          base class to offer a specialized settings management interface with
+ *          various configuration options and system parameters.
+ * @author System Control Team
+ * @date 2025-06-14
+ */
+
+#pragma once
+
+#include "common/Menu.h"
+
+/**
+ * @class SettingsMenu
+ * @brief Settings menu interface class for application configuration management
+ * @details This final class inherits from Menu and provides a comprehensive settings
+ *          interface for the application. It allows users to configure various aspects
+ *          of the system including display preferences, system behavior, network
+ *          settings, and other configurable parameters.
+ *
+ * The SettingsMenu class extends the base Menu functionality by:
+ * - Providing settings-specific menu items (toggles, selections, number inputs)
+ * - Managing configuration persistence and validation
+ * - Organizing settings into logical categories and sections
+ * - Implementing real-time preview of setting changes where applicable
+ *
+ * Typical settings categories include:
+ * - Display settings (brightness, contrast, theme)
+ * - System preferences (timeouts, auto-save, etc.)
+ * - Network configuration (if applicable)
+ * - User interface preferences
+ * - Hardware-specific parameters
+ *
+ * @note This class is marked as final and cannot be inherited from.
+ * @note Settings changes are typically applied immediately or after confirmation,
+ *       depending on the specific setting type and system requirements.
+ *
+ * @see Menu for base menu functionality
+ * @see menu_options_t for configuration structure
+ * @see MainMenu for navigation back to main interface
+ */
+class SettingsMenu final : public Menu
+{
+  public:
+    /**
+     * @brief Constructs the settings menu with the specified configuration
+     * @param options Pointer to menu options configuration structure
+     *
+     * @pre options must not be nullptr and must remain valid for the menu's lifetime
+     * @pre options->u8g2 must be initialized and ready for graphics operations
+     * @pre All callback functions in options must be properly configured
+     * @post SettingsMenu is initialized with all available configuration options and ready for use
+     *
+     * @details The constructor initializes the settings menu by creating all the
+     *          configuration menu items based on the current system state and
+     *          available options. This includes:
+     *          - Loading current setting values from persistent storage
+     *          - Creating appropriate menu items (toggles, selections, number inputs)
+     *          - Setting up validation ranges and allowed values
+     *          - Organizing items in a logical, user-friendly order
+     *
+     * The menu automatically detects which settings are available based on
+     * hardware capabilities and system configuration, ensuring only relevant
+     * options are presented to the user.
+     *
+     * @note The menu does not take ownership of the options structure and assumes
+     *       it remains valid throughout the menu's lifetime.
+     * @note Setting values are loaded from persistent storage during construction
+     *       and changes are typically saved automatically or on confirmation.
+     *
+     * @see Menu::Menu for base class construction details
+     */
+    explicit SettingsMenu(menu_options_t *options);
+
+    const char *getName() const override;
+};

firmware/components/insa/include/ui/SplashScreen.h

@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+/**
+ * @file SplashScreen.h
+ * @brief Application splash screen implementation for startup presentation
+ * @details This header defines the SplashScreen class which provides the initial
+ *          visual presentation when the application starts. It serves as a loading
+ *          screen that displays branding information, initialization progress, and
+ *          provides visual feedback during the application startup sequence.
+ * @author System Control Team
+ * @date 2025-06-14
+ */
+
+#pragma once
+
+#include "MenuOptions.h"
+#include "common/Widget.h"
+
+/**
+ * @class SplashScreen
+ * @brief Application startup screen widget with branding and initialization feedback
+ * @details This final class inherits from Widget and represents the initial screen
+ *          displayed when the application starts. It serves multiple purposes including
+ *          brand presentation, system initialization feedback, and smooth transition
+ *          preparation to the main application interface.
+ *
+ * The SplashScreen class provides:
+ * - Brand identity display (logos, company information, product name)
+ * - System initialization progress indication
+ * - Smooth animations and visual effects for professional appearance
+ * - Automatic transition timing to main menu after initialization
+ * - Error indication if initialization fails
+ *
+ * Key features include:
+ * - Time-based automatic progression to main menu
+ * - Animated elements (fade-in effects, progress indicators)
+ * - Version information display
+ * - Loading status messages
+ * - Graceful handling of initialization delays
+ *
+ * The splash screen typically displays for a minimum duration to ensure users
+ * can read branding information, even if system initialization completes quickly.
+ * It automatically transitions to the main menu once both the minimum display
+ * time and system initialization are complete.
+ *
+ * @note This class is marked as final and cannot be inherited from.
+ * @note The splash screen does not handle user input - it operates on timing
+ *       and system state rather than user interaction.
+ *
+ * @see Widget for base widget functionality
+ * @see menu_options_t for configuration structure
+ * @see MainMenu for the target transition screen
+ */
+class SplashScreen final : public Widget
+{
+  public:
+    /**
+     * @brief Constructs the splash screen with specified configuration
+     * @param options Pointer to menu options configuration structure
+     *
+     * @pre options must not be nullptr and must remain valid for the splash screen's lifetime
+     * @pre options->u8g2 must be initialized and ready for graphics operations
+     * @pre Screen transition callbacks in options must be properly configured
+     * @post SplashScreen is initialized and ready to display startup sequence
+     *
+     * @details The constructor initializes the splash screen by:
+     *          - Setting up the initial display state and animations
+     *          - Preparing branding elements (logos, text, version info)
+     *          - Initializing timing controls for minimum display duration
+     *          - Configuring transition parameters for smooth progression
+     *          - Loading any required graphics resources or assets
+     *
+     * The splash screen prepares all visual elements during construction to
+     * ensure smooth rendering performance during the critical startup phase.
+     * It also establishes the timing framework for controlling display duration
+     * and transition timing.
+     *
+     * @note The splash screen does not take ownership of the options structure
+     *       and assumes it remains valid throughout the screen's lifetime.
+     * @note Graphics resources are loaded during construction, so any required
+     *       assets must be available at initialization time.
+     *
+     * @see Widget::Widget for base class construction details
+     */
+    explicit SplashScreen(menu_options_t *options);
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Updates the splash screen state, animations, and timing logic
+     * @param dt Delta time in milliseconds since the last update call
+     *
+     * @details Overrides the base Widget update method to handle splash screen-specific
+     *          logic including:
+     *          - Animation progression (fade effects, transitions, progress indicators)
+     *          - Timing control for minimum display duration
+     *          - System initialization status monitoring
+     *          - Automatic transition preparation to main menu
+     *          - Loading progress updates and status message changes
+     *
+     * The update method manages the splash screen's lifecycle by tracking
+     * elapsed time and system readiness state. It ensures the splash screen
+     * remains visible for a minimum duration while also monitoring system
+     * initialization completion. Once both conditions are met, it initiates
+     * the transition to the main application interface.
+     *
+     * Animation updates include:
+     * - Fade-in effects for branding elements
+     * - Progress bar or spinner animations
+     * - Text transitions for status messages
+     * - Smooth preparation for screen transition
+     *
+     * @note This method is called every frame during the splash screen display
+     *       and must be efficient to maintain smooth visual presentation.
+     * @note The method automatically handles transition to the main menu when
+     *       appropriate, using the callback functions provided in m_options.
+     *
+     * @see Widget::update for the base update interface
+     */
+    void Update(uint64_t dt) override;
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Renders the splash screen visual elements to the display
+     *
+     * @details Overrides the base Widget render method to draw all splash screen
+     *          elements including branding, status information, and visual effects.
+     *          The rendering includes:
+     *          - Company/product logos and branding elements
+     *          - Application name and version information
+     *          - Loading progress indicators (progress bars, spinners, etc.)
+     *          - Status messages indicating initialization progress
+     *          - Background graphics and visual effects
+     *
+     * The render method creates a professional, polished appearance that
+     * reinforces brand identity while providing useful feedback about the
+     * application startup process. All elements are positioned and styled
+     * to create a cohesive, attractive presentation.
+     *
+     * Rendering features include:
+     * - Centered layout with balanced visual hierarchy
+     * - Smooth animations and transitions
+     * - Consistent typography and color scheme
+     * - Progress feedback elements
+     * - Error indication if initialization problems occur
+     *
+     * @pre u8g2 display context must be initialized and ready for drawing
+     * @post All splash screen visual elements are drawn to the display buffer
+     *
+     * @note This method is called every frame and must be efficient to maintain
+     *       smooth visual presentation during the startup sequence.
+     * @note The visual design should be consistent with the overall application
+     *       theme and branding guidelines.
+     *
+     * @see Widget::render for the base render interface
+     */
+    void Render() override;
+
+    const char *getName() const override;
+
+  private:
+    /**
+     * @brief Pointer to menu options configuration structure
+     * @details Stores a reference to the menu configuration passed during construction.
+     *          This provides access to the display context for rendering operations
+     *          and screen transition callbacks for automatic progression to the main menu.
+     *
+     * The configuration enables:
+     * - Display context (u8g2) for graphics rendering operations
+     * - Screen transition callbacks for automatic progression to main menu
+     * - System integration for initialization status monitoring
+     *
+     * The splash screen uses the setScreen callback to automatically transition
+     * to the main menu once the startup sequence is complete. This ensures a
+     * seamless user experience from application launch to main interface.
+     *
+     * @note This pointer is not owned by the SplashScreen and must remain valid
+     *       throughout the screen's lifetime. It is managed by the application framework.
+     *
+     * @warning Must not be modified after construction as it contains critical
+     *          system callbacks required for proper application flow.
+     */
+    menu_options_t *m_options;
+};

firmware/components/insa/src/common/InactivityTracker.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+#include "common/InactivityTracker.h"
+
+InactivityTracker::InactivityTracker(const uint64_t timeoutMs, const std::function<void()> &onTimeout)
+    : m_timeoutMs(timeoutMs), m_elapsedTime(0), m_enabled(true), m_onTimeout(onTimeout)
+{
+}
+
+void InactivityTracker::update(uint64_t dt)
+{
+    if (!m_enabled)
+        return;
+
+    m_elapsedTime += dt;
+
+    if (m_elapsedTime >= m_timeoutMs && m_onTimeout)
+    {
+        m_onTimeout();
+        m_enabled = false;
+    }
+}
+
+void InactivityTracker::reset()
+{
+    m_elapsedTime = 0;
+    m_enabled = true;
+}
+
+void InactivityTracker::setEnabled(bool enabled)
+{
+    m_enabled = enabled;
+    if (enabled)
+    {
+        reset();
+    }
+}

firmware/components/insa/src/common/Menu.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,386 @@
+#include "common/Menu.h"
+
+#include "common/ScrollBar.h"
+#include "u8g2.h"
+
+// Menu item type constants for better readability
+namespace MenuItemTypes
+{
+constexpr uint8_t TEXT = 0;
+constexpr uint8_t SELECTION = 1;
+constexpr uint8_t TOGGLE = 2;
+constexpr uint8_t TEXT_COUNTER = 3;
+} // namespace MenuItemTypes
+
+// UI layout constants
+namespace UIConstants
+{
+constexpr int LEFT_MARGIN = 8;
+constexpr int RIGHT_PADDING = 8;
+constexpr int SCROLLBAR_WIDTH = 3;
+constexpr int FRAME_BOX_SIZE = 14;
+constexpr int FRAME_OFFSET = 11;
+constexpr int SELECTION_MARGIN = 10;
+constexpr int CORNER_RADIUS = 3;
+constexpr int LINE_SPACING = 14;
+constexpr int BOTTOM_OFFSET = 10;
+} // namespace UIConstants
+
+Menu::Menu(menu_options_t *options) : Widget(options->u8g2), m_options(options)
+{
+    // Set up button callback using lambda to forward to member function
+    m_options->onButtonClicked = [this](const ButtonType button) { OnButtonClicked(button); };
+}
+
+Menu::~Menu()
+{
+    // Clean up callback to prevent dangling pointer
+    if (m_options)
+    {
+        m_options->onButtonClicked = nullptr;
+    }
+}
+
+MenuItem Menu::getItem(const int index)
+{
+    return m_items.at(index);
+}
+
+size_t Menu::getItemCount() const
+{
+    return m_items.size();
+}
+
+void Menu::setItemSize(const size_t size, int8_t startIndex)
+{
+    if ((m_items.size() - 1) < size)
+    {
+        for (size_t i = m_items.size() - 1; i < size; i++)
+        {
+            auto caption = std::string("Bereich ") + std::to_string(i + 1 - startIndex);
+            auto index = 0;
+            if (m_options && m_options->persistenceManager)
+            {
+                constexpr int key_length = 20;
+                char key[key_length] = "";
+                snprintf(key, key_length, "section_%zu", i + 1 - startIndex);
+                index = m_options->persistenceManager->GetValue(key, index);
+            }
+            addSelection(i + 1, caption, m_items.at(0).getValues(), index);
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        m_items.erase(m_items.begin() + static_cast<int>(size + 1), m_items.end());
+    }
+}
+
+void Menu::toggle(const MenuItem &menuItem)
+{
+    const auto item =
+        menuItem.copyWith(menuItem.getValue() == std::to_string(true) ? std::to_string(false) : std::to_string(true));
+    replaceItem(menuItem.getId(), item);
+}
+
+MenuItem Menu::switchValue(const MenuItem &menuItem, ButtonType button)
+{
+    MenuItem result = menuItem;
+    switch (button)
+    {
+    case ButtonType::LEFT:
+        if (menuItem.getIndex() > 0)
+        {
+            const auto item = menuItem.copyWith(menuItem.getIndex() - 1);
+            result = replaceItem(menuItem.getId(), item);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            const auto item = menuItem.copyWith(menuItem.getItemCount() - 1);
+            result = replaceItem(menuItem.getId(), item);
+        }
+        break;
+
+    case ButtonType::RIGHT:
+        if (menuItem.getIndex() < menuItem.getItemCount() - 1)
+        {
+            const auto item = menuItem.copyWith(menuItem.getIndex() + 1);
+            result = replaceItem(menuItem.getId(), item);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            const auto item = menuItem.copyWith(0);
+            result = replaceItem(menuItem.getId(), item);
+        }
+        break;
+
+    default:
+        break;
+    }
+
+    return result;
+}
+
+MenuItem Menu::replaceItem(const int index, const MenuItem &item)
+{
+    m_items.at(index) = item;
+    return item;
+}
+
+void Menu::Render()
+{
+    // Initialize selection if not set
+    if (m_selected_item >= m_items.size() && !m_items.empty())
+    {
+        m_selected_item = 0;
+    }
+
+    // Early return if no items to render
+    if (m_items.empty())
+    {
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // Clear screen with black background
+    u8g2_SetDrawColor(u8g2, 0);
+    u8g2_DrawBox(u8g2, 0, 0, u8g2->width, u8g2->height);
+
+    // Set white foreground color for drawing
+    u8g2_SetDrawColor(u8g2, 1);
+
+    // Draw UI components
+    drawScrollBar();
+    drawSelectionBox();
+
+    // Calculate center position for main item
+    const int centerY = u8g2->height / 2 + 3;
+
+    // Render the currently selected item (main/center item)
+    const auto &selectedItem = m_items[m_selected_item];
+    renderWidget(&selectedItem, u8g2_font_helvB08_tr, UIConstants::LEFT_MARGIN, centerY);
+
+    // Render previous item (above) if available
+    if (m_selected_item > 0)
+    {
+        const auto &prevItem = m_items[m_selected_item - 1];
+        renderWidget(&prevItem, u8g2_font_haxrcorp4089_tr, UIConstants::LEFT_MARGIN, UIConstants::LINE_SPACING);
+    }
+
+    // Render next item (below) if available
+    if (m_selected_item < m_items.size() - 1)
+    {
+        const auto &nextItem = m_items[m_selected_item + 1];
+        renderWidget(&nextItem, u8g2_font_haxrcorp4089_tr, UIConstants::LEFT_MARGIN,
+                     u8g2->height - UIConstants::BOTTOM_OFFSET);
+    }
+}
+
+void Menu::renderWidget(const MenuItem *item, const uint8_t *font, const int x, const int y) const
+{
+    // Set font and draw main text
+    u8g2_SetFont(u8g2, font);
+    u8g2_DrawStr(u8g2, x, y, item->getText().c_str());
+
+    // Render type-specific elements
+    switch (item->getType())
+    {
+    case MenuItemTypes::TEXT: {
+        const std::string formattedValue = ">";
+        const u8g2_uint_t textWidth = u8g2_GetStrWidth(u8g2, formattedValue.c_str());
+        u8g2_DrawStr(u8g2, u8g2->width - textWidth - UIConstants::SELECTION_MARGIN, y, formattedValue.c_str());
+        break;
+    }
+
+    case MenuItemTypes::TEXT_COUNTER: {
+        const std::string formattedValue = "(" + item->getValue() + ") >";
+        const u8g2_uint_t textWidth = u8g2_GetStrWidth(u8g2, formattedValue.c_str());
+        u8g2_DrawStr(u8g2, u8g2->width - textWidth - UIConstants::SELECTION_MARGIN, y, formattedValue.c_str());
+        break;
+    }
+
+    case MenuItemTypes::SELECTION: {
+        // Format selection value with angle brackets
+        const std::string formattedValue = "< " + item->getValue() + " >";
+        const u8g2_uint_t textWidth = u8g2_GetStrWidth(u8g2, formattedValue.c_str());
+        u8g2_DrawStr(u8g2, u8g2->width - textWidth - UIConstants::SELECTION_MARGIN, y, formattedValue.c_str());
+        break;
+    }
+
+    case MenuItemTypes::TOGGLE: {
+        // Draw checkbox frame
+        const int frameX = u8g2->width - UIConstants::FRAME_BOX_SIZE - UIConstants::SELECTION_MARGIN;
+        const int frameY = y - UIConstants::FRAME_OFFSET;
+        u8g2_DrawFrame(u8g2, frameX, frameY, UIConstants::FRAME_BOX_SIZE, UIConstants::FRAME_BOX_SIZE);
+
+        // Draw checkmark (X) if toggle is true
+        if (item->getValue() == std::to_string(true))
+        {
+            const int checkX1 = frameX + 2;
+            const int checkY1 = frameY + 2;
+            const int checkX2 = frameX + UIConstants::FRAME_BOX_SIZE - 3;
+            const int checkY2 = frameY + UIConstants::FRAME_BOX_SIZE - 3;
+
+            // Draw X pattern for checked state
+            u8g2_DrawLine(u8g2, checkX1, checkY1, checkX2, checkY2);
+            u8g2_DrawLine(u8g2, checkX1, checkY2, checkX2, checkY1);
+        }
+        break;
+    }
+
+    default:
+        // No additional rendering needed for text and number types
+        break;
+    }
+}
+
+void Menu::OnButtonClicked(const ButtonType button)
+{
+    // Map button input to navigation functions
+    switch (button)
+    {
+    case ButtonType::UP:
+        onPressedUp();
+        break;
+
+    case ButtonType::DOWN:
+        onPressedDown();
+        break;
+
+    case ButtonType::LEFT:
+        onPressedLeft();
+        break;
+
+    case ButtonType::RIGHT:
+        onPressedRight();
+        break;
+
+    case ButtonType::SELECT:
+        onPressedSelect();
+        break;
+
+    case ButtonType::BACK:
+        onPressedBack();
+        break;
+
+    default:
+        // Ignore unknown button inputs
+        break;
+    }
+}
+
+void Menu::onPressedDown()
+{
+    if (m_items.empty())
+        return;
+
+    // Wrap around to first item when at the end
+    m_selected_item = (m_selected_item + 1) % m_items.size();
+}
+
+void Menu::onPressedUp()
+{
+    if (m_items.empty())
+        return;
+
+    // Wrap around to last item when at the beginning
+    m_selected_item = (m_selected_item == 0) ? m_items.size() - 1 : m_selected_item - 1;
+}
+
+void Menu::onPressedLeft() const
+{
+    if (m_selected_item < m_items.size())
+    {
+        const auto &item = m_items.at(m_selected_item);
+        item.onButtonPressed(ButtonType::LEFT);
+    }
+}
+
+void Menu::onPressedRight() const
+{
+    if (m_selected_item < m_items.size())
+    {
+        const auto &item = m_items.at(m_selected_item);
+        item.onButtonPressed(ButtonType::RIGHT);
+    }
+}
+
+void Menu::onPressedSelect() const
+{
+    if (m_selected_item < m_items.size())
+    {
+        const auto &item = m_items.at(m_selected_item);
+        item.onButtonPressed(ButtonType::SELECT);
+    }
+}
+
+void Menu::onPressedBack() const
+{
+    // Navigate back to previous screen if callback is available
+    if (m_options && m_options->popScreen)
+    {
+        m_options->popScreen();
+    }
+}
+
+void Menu::addText(uint8_t id, const std::string &text)
+{
+    addTextCounter(id, text, 0);
+}
+
+void Menu::addTextCounter(uint8_t id, const std::string &text, const uint8_t value)
+{
+    auto callback = [this](const MenuItem &menuItem, const ButtonType button) -> void {
+        onButtonPressed(menuItem, button);
+    };
+    if (value > 0)
+    {
+        m_items.emplace_back(id, MenuItemTypes::TEXT_COUNTER, text, std::to_string(value), callback);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        m_items.emplace_back(id, MenuItemTypes::TEXT, text, callback);
+    }
+}
+
+void Menu::addSelection(uint8_t id, const std::string &text, const std::vector<std::string> &values, const int index)
+{
+    auto callback = [this](const MenuItem &menuItem, const ButtonType button) -> void {
+        onButtonPressed(menuItem, button);
+    };
+    m_items.emplace_back(id, MenuItemTypes::SELECTION, text, values, index, callback);
+}
+
+void Menu::addToggle(uint8_t id, const std::string &text, const bool selected)
+{
+    auto callback = [this](const MenuItem &menuItem, const ButtonType button) -> void {
+        onButtonPressed(menuItem, button);
+    };
+    m_items.emplace_back(id, MenuItemTypes::TOGGLE, text, std::to_string(selected), callback);
+}
+
+void Menu::drawScrollBar() const
+{
+    // Create scrollbar instance
+    ScrollBar scrollBar(m_options, u8g2->width - UIConstants::SCROLLBAR_WIDTH, 3, 1, u8g2->height - 6);
+    scrollBar.refresh(m_selected_item, m_items.size());
+    scrollBar.Render();
+}
+
+void Menu::drawSelectionBox() const
+{
+    // Calculate dimensions for the selection box
+    const auto displayHeight = u8g2->height;
+    const auto displayWidth = u8g2->width;
+    const auto boxHeight = displayHeight / 3;
+    const auto y = boxHeight * 2 - 2;
+    const auto x = displayWidth - UIConstants::RIGHT_PADDING;
+
+    // Draw the rounded frame for the selection box
+    u8g2_DrawRFrame(u8g2, 2, boxHeight, displayWidth - UIConstants::RIGHT_PADDING, boxHeight,
+                    UIConstants::CORNER_RADIUS);
+
+    // Draw horizontal line separator
+    u8g2_DrawLine(u8g2, 4, y, displayWidth - UIConstants::RIGHT_PADDING, y);
+
+    // Draw vertical line on the right side
+    u8g2_DrawLine(u8g2, x, y - boxHeight + 3, x, y - 1);
+}

firmware/components/insa/src/common/ScrollBar.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+#include "common/ScrollBar.h"
+
+ScrollBar::ScrollBar(const menu_options_t *options, const size_t x, const size_t y, const size_t width,
+                     const size_t height)
+    : Widget(options->u8g2), m_x(x), m_y(y), m_width(width), m_height(height), m_value(0), m_max(0), m_min(0),
+      m_thumbHeight(0), m_thumbY(0)
+{
+}
+
+void ScrollBar::Render()
+{
+    if (m_max <= 1)
+    {
+        return;
+    }
+
+    for (size_t y = m_y; y < m_y + m_height; y += 2)
+    {
+        u8g2_DrawPixel(u8g2, m_x, y);
+    }
+
+    u8g2_DrawBox(u8g2, u8g2->width - 4, m_thumbY, 3, m_thumbHeight);
+}
+
+void ScrollBar::refresh(const size_t value, const size_t max, const size_t min)
+{
+    m_value = value;
+    m_max = max;
+    m_min = min;
+
+    if (m_max <= 1)
+    {
+        return;
+    }
+
+    m_thumbHeight = std::max(m_height / 4, static_cast<size_t>(3));
+
+    const size_t trackLength = m_height - m_thumbHeight;
+
+    m_thumbY = m_y + (m_value * trackLength) / (m_max - 1);
+}

firmware/components/insa/src/common/Widget.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#include "common/Widget.h"
+
+Widget::Widget(u8g2_t *u8g2) : u8g2(u8g2)
+{
+}
+
+void Widget::onEnter()
+{
+}
+
+void Widget::onPause()
+{
+}
+
+void Widget::onResume()
+{
+}
+
+void Widget::onExit()
+{
+}
+
+void Widget::Update(uint64_t dt)
+{
+}
+
+void Widget::Render()
+{
+}
+
+void Widget::OnButtonClicked(ButtonType button)
+{
+}
+
+const char *Widget::getName() const
+{
+    return "Widget";
+}

firmware/components/insa/src/data/MenuItem.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+#include "data/MenuItem.h"
+
+// Constructor for basic menu items (text buttons)
+MenuItem::MenuItem(const uint8_t id, const uint8_t type, std::string text, ButtonCallback callback)
+    : m_id(id), m_type(type), m_text(std::move(text)), m_callback(std::move(callback))
+{
+}
+
+// Constructor for menu items with a single value (toggles)
+MenuItem::MenuItem(const uint8_t id, const uint8_t type, std::string text, std::string value, ButtonCallback callback)
+    : m_id(id), m_type(type), m_text(std::move(text)), m_value(std::move(value)), m_callback(std::move(callback))
+{
+}
+
+// Constructor for menu items with multiple values (selections)
+MenuItem::MenuItem(const uint8_t id, const uint8_t type, std::string text, std::vector<std::string> values, int index,
+                   ButtonCallback callback)
+    : m_id(id), m_type(type), m_text(std::move(text)), m_values(std::move(values)), m_index(index),
+      m_callback(std::move(callback))
+{
+}
+
+uint8_t MenuItem::getId() const
+{
+    return m_id;
+}
+
+uint8_t MenuItem::getType() const
+{
+    return m_type;
+}
+
+const std::string &MenuItem::getText() const
+{
+    return m_text;
+}
+
+const std::string &MenuItem::getValue() const
+{
+    // Return the selected value from values array if available and index is valid
+    if (!m_values.empty() && m_index >= 0 && m_index < m_values.size())
+    {
+        return m_values.at(m_index);
+    }
+    // Otherwise return the direct value
+    return m_value;
+}
+
+void MenuItem::setValue(const std::string &value)
+{
+    m_value = value;
+}
+
+void MenuItem::onButtonPressed(const ButtonType button) const
+{
+    // Execute the callback function if one is registered
+    if (m_callback)
+    {
+        m_callback(*this, button);
+    }
+}
+
+bool MenuItem::hasCallback() const
+{
+    return (m_callback != nullptr);
+}
+
+int MenuItem::getIndex() const
+{
+    return m_index;
+}
+
+std::vector<std::string> MenuItem::getValues() const
+{
+    return m_values;
+}
+
+size_t MenuItem::getItemCount() const
+{
+    return m_values.size();
+}
+
+MenuItem MenuItem::copyWith(const std::string &value) const
+{
+    // Create a copy of this menu item with a new value
+    MenuItem copy = *this;
+    copy.m_value = value;
+    return copy;
+}
+
+MenuItem MenuItem::copyWith(const size_t index) const
+{
+    // Create a copy of this menu item with a new selected index
+    MenuItem copy = *this;
+
+    // Check for potential overflow when converting size_t to int
+    copy.m_index = static_cast<int>(index);
+    return copy;
+}

firmware/components/insa/src/ui/ClockScreenSaver.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+#include "ui/ClockScreenSaver.h"
+#include "hal_esp32/PersistenceManager.h"
+#include "simulator.h"
+#include <cstring>
+#include <ctime>
+
+ClockScreenSaver::ClockScreenSaver(menu_options_t *options)
+    : Widget(options->u8g2), m_options(options), m_moveTimer(0), m_posX(0), m_posY(0), m_velocityX(X_VELOCITY),
+      m_velocityY(Y_VELOCITY), m_textWidth(0), m_textHeight(0)
+{
+    initPosition();
+}
+
+void ClockScreenSaver::initPosition()
+{
+    // Start in the center of the screen
+    updateTextDimensions();
+    m_posX = (u8g2->width - m_textWidth) / 2;
+    m_posY = (u8g2->height - m_textHeight) / 2;
+
+    // Set initial velocity
+    m_velocityX = X_VELOCITY;
+    m_velocityY = Y_VELOCITY;
+}
+
+void ClockScreenSaver::updateTextDimensions()
+{
+    char timeBuffer[32];
+    getCurrentTimeString(timeBuffer, sizeof(timeBuffer));
+
+    // Set font (use a large font for better visibility)
+    u8g2_SetFont(u8g2, FONT);
+
+    // Calculate text dimensions
+    m_textWidth = u8g2_GetStrWidth(u8g2, timeBuffer);
+    m_textHeight = u8g2_GetAscent(u8g2) - u8g2_GetDescent(u8g2);
+}
+
+void ClockScreenSaver::getCurrentTimeString(char *buffer, size_t bufferSize) const
+{
+    if (m_options && m_options->persistenceManager->GetValue("light_active", false) &&
+        m_options->persistenceManager->GetValue("light_mode", 0) == 0)
+    {
+        char *simulated_time = get_time();
+        if (simulated_time != nullptr)
+        {
+            strncpy(buffer, simulated_time, bufferSize);
+            return;
+        }
+    }
+    time_t rawtime;
+    struct tm *timeinfo;
+
+    time(&rawtime);
+    timeinfo = localtime(&rawtime);
+
+    // Format time as HH:MM:SS
+    strftime(buffer, bufferSize, "%H:%M:%S", timeinfo);
+}
+
+void ClockScreenSaver::Update(const uint64_t dt)
+{
+    m_moveTimer += dt;
+
+    // Move the clock position at regular intervals
+    if (m_moveTimer > MOVE_INTERVAL)
+    {
+        m_moveTimer = 0;
+
+        // Update text dimensions (in case time format changes)
+        updateTextDimensions();
+
+        // Update position
+        m_posX += m_velocityX;
+        m_posY += m_velocityY;
+
+        // Check for collisions with screen boundaries
+        checkBoundaryCollision();
+    }
+}
+
+void ClockScreenSaver::checkBoundaryCollision()
+{
+    // Check horizontal boundaries
+    if (m_posX <= TEXT_PADDING)
+    {
+        m_posX = TEXT_PADDING;
+        m_velocityX = X_VELOCITY; // Bounce right
+    }
+    else if (m_posX + m_textWidth >= u8g2->width - TEXT_PADDING)
+    {
+        m_posX = u8g2->width - m_textWidth - TEXT_PADDING;
+        m_velocityX = -X_VELOCITY; // Bounce left
+    }
+
+    // Check vertical boundaries
+    if (m_posY <= TEXT_PADDING + m_textHeight)
+    {
+        m_posY = TEXT_PADDING + m_textHeight;
+        m_velocityY = Y_VELOCITY; // Bounce down
+    }
+    else if (m_posY >= u8g2->height - TEXT_PADDING)
+    {
+        m_posY = u8g2->height - TEXT_PADDING;
+        m_velocityY = -Y_VELOCITY; // Bounce up
+    }
+}
+
+void ClockScreenSaver::Render()
+{
+    // Clear screen with a black background
+    u8g2_SetDrawColor(u8g2, 0);
+    u8g2_DrawBox(u8g2, 0, 0, u8g2->width, u8g2->height);
+    u8g2_SetDrawColor(u8g2, 1);
+
+    // Get current time
+    char timeBuffer[32];
+    getCurrentTimeString(timeBuffer, sizeof(timeBuffer));
+
+    // Set font
+    u8g2_SetFont(u8g2, FONT);
+
+    // Draw the time at current position
+    u8g2_DrawStr(u8g2, m_posX, m_posY, timeBuffer);
+}
+
+void ClockScreenSaver::OnButtonClicked(ButtonType button)
+{
+    // Exit screensaver on any button press
+    if (m_options && m_options->popScreen)
+    {
+        m_options->popScreen();
+    }
+}
+
+IMPLEMENT_GET_NAME(ClockScreenSaver)

firmware/components/insa/src/ui/ExternalDevices.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+#include "ui/ExternalDevices.h"
+
+#include "ble/ble_device.h"
+#include "ble/ble_scanner.h"
+#include "ble_manager.h"
+
+ExternalDevices::ExternalDevices(menu_options_t *options) : Menu(options), m_options(options)
+{
+    for (int i = 0; i < get_device_count(); i++)
+    {
+        device_info_t *device = get_device(i);
+        if (device != nullptr)
+        {
+            addText(i, device->name);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void ExternalDevices::onButtonPressed(const MenuItem &menuItem, const ButtonType button)
+{
+    if (button == ButtonType::SELECT)
+    {
+        ble_connect_to_device(menuItem.getId());
+    }
+}
+
+IMPLEMENT_GET_NAME(ExternalDevices)

firmware/components/insa/src/ui/LightMenu.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+#include "ui/LightMenu.h"
+
+#include "led_strip_ws2812.h"
+#include "simulator.h"
+
+/**
+ * @namespace LightMenuItem
+ * @brief Constants for light menu item identifiers
+ */
+namespace LightMenuItem
+{
+constexpr auto ACTIVATE = 0; ///< ID for the light activation toggle
+constexpr auto MODE = 1;     ///< ID for the light mode selection
+constexpr auto VARIANT = 2;  ///< ID for the light variant selection
+} // namespace LightMenuItem
+
+namespace LightMenuOptions
+{
+constexpr auto LIGHT_ACTIVE = "light_active";
+constexpr auto LIGHT_MODE = "light_mode";
+constexpr auto LIGHT_VARIANT = "light_variant";
+} // namespace LightMenuOptions
+
+LightMenu::LightMenu(menu_options_t *options) : Menu(options), m_options(options)
+{
+    // Add toggle for enabling/disabling the light system
+    bool active = false;
+    if (m_options && m_options->persistenceManager)
+    {
+        active = m_options->persistenceManager->GetValue(LightMenuOptions::LIGHT_ACTIVE, active);
+    }
+    addToggle(LightMenuItem::ACTIVATE, "Einschalten", active);
+
+    // Create mode selection options (Simulation/Day/Night modes)
+    std::vector<std::string> items;
+    items.emplace_back("Simulation"); // Simulation mode
+    items.emplace_back("Tag");        // Day mode
+    items.emplace_back("Nacht");      // Night mode
+    int mode_value = 0;
+    if (m_options && m_options->persistenceManager)
+    {
+        mode_value = m_options->persistenceManager->GetValue(LightMenuOptions::LIGHT_MODE, mode_value);
+    }
+    addSelection(LightMenuItem::MODE, "Modus", items, mode_value);
+
+    std::vector<std::string> variants;
+    variants.emplace_back("1");
+    variants.emplace_back("2");
+    variants.emplace_back("3");
+    int variant_value = 3;
+    if (m_options && m_options->persistenceManager)
+    {
+        variant_value = m_options->persistenceManager->GetValue(LightMenuOptions::LIGHT_VARIANT, variant_value) - 1;
+    }
+    addSelection(LightMenuItem::VARIANT, "Variante", variants, variant_value);
+}
+
+void LightMenu::onButtonPressed(const MenuItem &menuItem, const ButtonType button)
+{
+    std::shared_ptr<Widget> widget;
+
+    // Handle different menu items based on their ID
+    switch (menuItem.getId())
+    {
+    case LightMenuItem::ACTIVATE: {
+        // Toggle the light activation state when SELECT is pressed
+        if (button == ButtonType::SELECT)
+        {
+            toggle(menuItem);
+            const auto value = getItem(menuItem.getId()).getValue() == "1";
+            if (m_options && m_options->persistenceManager)
+            {
+                m_options->persistenceManager->SetValue(LightMenuOptions::LIGHT_ACTIVE, value);
+            }
+
+            start_simulation();
+        }
+        break;
+    }
+
+    case LightMenuItem::MODE: {
+        // Switch between day/night modes using left/right buttons
+        const auto item = switchValue(menuItem, button);
+        if (button == ButtonType::LEFT || button == ButtonType::RIGHT)
+        {
+            const auto value = getItem(item.getId()).getIndex();
+            if (m_options && m_options->persistenceManager)
+            {
+                m_options->persistenceManager->SetValue(LightMenuOptions::LIGHT_MODE, value);
+                m_options->persistenceManager->Save();
+            }
+
+            start_simulation();
+        }
+        break;
+    }
+
+    case LightMenuItem::VARIANT: {
+        // Change light variant using left/right buttons
+        const auto item = switchValue(menuItem, button);
+        if (button == ButtonType::LEFT || button == ButtonType::RIGHT)
+        {
+            const auto value = getItem(item.getId()).getIndex() + 1;
+            if (m_options && m_options->persistenceManager)
+            {
+                m_options->persistenceManager->SetValue(LightMenuOptions::LIGHT_VARIANT, value);
+                m_options->persistenceManager->Save();
+            }
+
+            start_simulation();
+        }
+        break;
+    }
+
+    default:
+        // Handle unknown menu items (no action required)
+        break;
+    }
+
+    // Push the new widget to the screen stack if one was created
+    if (m_options && m_options->pushScreen)
+    {
+        m_options->pushScreen(widget);
+    }
+}
+
+IMPLEMENT_GET_NAME(LightMenu)

firmware/components/insa/src/ui/MainMenu.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+#include "ui/MainMenu.h"
+
+#include "common/Widget.h"
+#include "ui/ExternalDevices.h"
+#include "ui/LightMenu.h"
+#include "ui/SettingsMenu.h"
+
+namespace MainMenuItem
+{
+constexpr uint8_t LIGHT = 0;
+constexpr uint8_t EXTERNAL_DEVICES = 1;
+constexpr uint8_t SETTINGS = 2;
+} // namespace MainMenuItem
+
+MainMenu::MainMenu(menu_options_t *options) : Menu(options), m_options(options)
+{
+    addText(MainMenuItem::LIGHT, "Lichtsteuerung");
+    // addTextCounter(MainMenuItem::EXTERNAL_DEVICES, "ext. Geraete", 0);
+    addText(MainMenuItem::SETTINGS, "Einstellungen");
+}
+
+void MainMenu::onButtonPressed(const MenuItem &menuItem, const ButtonType button)
+{
+    if (button == ButtonType::SELECT)
+    {
+        std::shared_ptr<Widget> widget;
+        switch (menuItem.getId())
+        {
+        case MainMenuItem::LIGHT:
+            widget = std::make_shared<LightMenu>(m_options);
+            break;
+
+        case MainMenuItem::SETTINGS:
+            widget = std::make_shared<SettingsMenu>(m_options);
+            break;
+
+        case MainMenuItem::EXTERNAL_DEVICES:
+            widget = std::make_shared<ExternalDevices>(m_options);
+            break;
+
+        default:
+            break;
+        }
+
+        if (m_options && m_options->pushScreen)
+        {
+            m_options->pushScreen(widget);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+IMPLEMENT_GET_NAME(MainMenu)

firmware/components/insa/src/ui/ScreenSaver.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,331 @@
+#include "ui/ScreenSaver.h"
+#include "data/roads.h"
+#include "data/vehicles.h"
+#include <cstdlib>
+
+ScreenSaver::ScreenSaver(menu_options_t *options)
+    : Widget(options->u8g2), m_options(options), m_animationCounter(0), m_lastSpawnTime(0), m_leftVehicleCount(0),
+      m_rightVehicleCount(0)
+{
+    initVehicles();
+}
+
+void ScreenSaver::initVehicles()
+{
+    m_vehicles.resize(MAX_VEHICLES);
+
+    for (auto &vehicle : m_vehicles)
+    {
+        vehicle.active = false;
+    }
+}
+
+void ScreenSaver::Update(const uint64_t dt)
+{
+    m_animationCounter += dt;
+    m_lastSpawnTime += dt;
+    m_sceneShiftTimer += dt;
+
+    // Shift entire scene every 30 seconds
+    if (m_sceneShiftTimer > 30000)
+    {
+        m_sceneOffsetX = (random() % 7) - 3; // -3 to +3 pixels
+        m_sceneOffsetY = (random() % 7) - 3; // -3 to +3 pixels
+        m_sceneShiftTimer = 0;
+    }
+
+    // Try to spawn a new vehicle every few seconds
+    if (m_lastSpawnTime > VEHICLE_SPAWN_DELAY)
+    {
+        trySpawnVehicle();
+        m_lastSpawnTime = 0;
+    }
+
+    // Update vehicle positions
+    if (m_animationCounter > 16) // ~60 FPS
+    {
+        m_animationCounter = 0;
+
+        for (auto &vehicle : m_vehicles)
+        {
+            if (!vehicle.active)
+                continue;
+
+            // Move vehicle
+            if (vehicle.direction == Direction::LEFT)
+            {
+                vehicle.x -= static_cast<int>(vehicle.speed);
+
+                // Remove the vehicle if it goes off-screen
+                if (vehicle.x <= -32) // Allow for largest vehicle width
+                {
+                    vehicle.active = false;
+                    m_leftVehicleCount--;
+                }
+            }
+            else // Direction::RIGHT
+            {
+                vehicle.x += static_cast<int>(vehicle.speed);
+
+                // Remove the vehicle if it goes off-screen
+                if (vehicle.x >= (u8g2->width + 32)) // Allow for largest vehicle width
+                {
+                    vehicle.active = false;
+                    m_rightVehicleCount--;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+bool ScreenSaver::canSpawnInDirection(Direction direction) const
+{
+    // Minimalen Abstand zwischen 48 und 64 Pixel zufällig wählen
+    int requiredDistance =
+        MIN_SAME_DIRECTION_DISTANCE + (random() % (MAX_SAME_DIRECTION_DISTANCE - MIN_SAME_DIRECTION_DISTANCE + 1));
+
+    for (const auto &vehicle : m_vehicles)
+    {
+        if (!vehicle.active || vehicle.direction != direction)
+            continue;
+
+        // Abstand zum nächsten Fahrzeug in gleicher Richtung prüfen
+        if (direction == Direction::LEFT)
+        {
+            // Fahrzeuge fahren von rechts nach links
+            // Neues Fahrzeug würde bei u8g2->width + 16 starten
+            int newVehicleX = u8g2->width + 16;
+
+            // Prüfen ob genug Abstand zum existierenden Fahrzeug
+            if (newVehicleX - vehicle.x < requiredDistance)
+                return false;
+        }
+        else // Direction::RIGHT
+        {
+            // Fahrzeuge fahren von links nach rechts
+            // Neues Fahrzeug würde bei -32 starten
+            int newVehicleX = -32;
+
+            // Prüfen ob genug Abstand zum existierenden Fahrzeug
+            if (vehicle.x - newVehicleX < requiredDistance)
+                return false;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+void ScreenSaver::trySpawnVehicle()
+{
+    // Check if we can spawn a new vehicle
+    int activeVehicles = 0;
+    int availableSlot = -1;
+
+    for (int i = 0; i < MAX_VEHICLES; i++)
+    {
+        if (m_vehicles[i].active)
+        {
+            activeVehicles++;
+        }
+        else if (availableSlot == -1)
+        {
+            availableSlot = i;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Don't spawn if we're at max capacity or no slot available
+    if (activeVehicles >= MAX_VEHICLES || availableSlot == -1)
+    {
+        return;
+    }
+
+    Direction direction = getRandomDirection();
+
+    // Check direction constraints
+    if ((direction == Direction::LEFT && m_leftVehicleCount >= MAX_LEFT_VEHICLES) ||
+        (direction == Direction::RIGHT && m_rightVehicleCount >= MAX_RIGHT_VEHICLES))
+    {
+        return;
+    }
+
+    if (!canSpawnInDirection(direction))
+    {
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // Create new vehicle
+    Vehicle &newVehicle = m_vehicles[availableSlot];
+    newVehicle.type = getRandomVehicleType();
+    newVehicle.direction = direction;
+    newVehicle.speed = MIN_SPEED + (static_cast<float>(random()) / RAND_MAX) * (MAX_SPEED - MIN_SPEED);
+
+    // Set Y position based on a direction (simulate opposing traffic lanes)
+    const int halfHeight = u8g2->height / 2;
+    if (direction == Direction::RIGHT)
+    {
+        // Vehicles going LEFT use bottom half of screen
+        newVehicle.y = halfHeight + 8 + (random() % (halfHeight - 24));
+        m_rightVehicleCount++;
+    }
+    else // Direction::RIGHT
+    {
+        // Vehicles going RIGHT use top half of screen
+        newVehicle.y = 8 + (random() % (halfHeight - 24));
+        m_leftVehicleCount++;
+    }
+
+    // Set the starting X position based on the direction
+    if (direction == Direction::LEFT)
+    {
+        // Vehicles going LEFT (from right to left) start from RIGHT side of screen
+        newVehicle.x = u8g2->width + 16;
+    }
+    else // Direction::RIGHT
+    {
+        // Vehicles going RIGHT (from left to right) start from LEFT side of screen
+        newVehicle.x = -32; // Account for the largest vehicle width
+    }
+
+    newVehicle.active = true;
+}
+
+ScreenSaver::VehicleType ScreenSaver::getRandomVehicleType()
+{
+    switch (random() % 5)
+    {
+    case 0:
+        return VehicleType::CAR;
+    case 1:
+        return VehicleType::CONVERTABLE;
+    case 2:
+        return VehicleType::SUV;
+    case 3:
+        return VehicleType::LORRY;
+    case 4:
+        return VehicleType::TRUCK;
+    default:
+        return VehicleType::CAR;
+    }
+}
+
+ScreenSaver::Direction ScreenSaver::getRandomDirection()
+{
+    // Simple 50/50 chance for each direction
+    return (random() % 2 == 0) ? Direction::LEFT : Direction::RIGHT;
+}
+
+void ScreenSaver::Render()
+{
+    // Clear screen with a black background
+    u8g2_SetDrawColor(u8g2, 0);
+    u8g2_DrawBox(u8g2, 0, 0, u8g2->width, u8g2->height);
+    u8g2_SetDrawColor(u8g2, 1);
+
+    // Calculate offsets
+    const int roadOffset = (m_animationCounter / 100) % road_horizontal_width;
+
+    // Draw all active vehicles with a scene offset
+    for (const auto &vehicle : m_vehicles)
+    {
+        if (vehicle.active)
+        {
+            Vehicle offsetVehicle = vehicle;
+            offsetVehicle.x += m_sceneOffsetX;
+            offsetVehicle.y += m_sceneOffsetY;
+            drawVehicle(offsetVehicle);
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Draw road with offsets
+    const int y = u8g2->height / 2 - road_horizontal_height / 2 + m_sceneOffsetY;
+    for (int x = -road_horizontal_width + roadOffset + m_sceneOffsetX; x <= u8g2->width; x += road_horizontal_width)
+    {
+        drawTransparentBitmap(x, y, road_horizontal_width, road_horizontal_height, road_horizontal_bits);
+    }
+}
+
+void ScreenSaver::drawVehicle(const Vehicle &vehicle) const
+{
+    int width, height;
+
+    if (const unsigned char *bitmap = getVehicleBitmap(vehicle.type, vehicle.direction, width, height))
+    {
+        drawTransparentBitmap(vehicle.x, vehicle.y, width, height, bitmap);
+        // u8g2_DrawXBM(u8g2, vehicle.x, vehicle.y, width, height, bitmap);
+    }
+}
+
+void ScreenSaver::drawTransparentBitmap(const int x, const int y, const int width, const int height,
+                                        const unsigned char *bitmap) const
+{
+    for (int py = 0; py < height; py++)
+    {
+        for (int px = 0; px < width; px++)
+        {
+            // Calculate byte and a bit of position in bitmap
+            const int byteIndex = (py * ((width + 7) / 8)) + (px / 8);
+
+            // Check if the pixel is set (white)
+            if (const int bitIndex = px % 8; bitmap[byteIndex] & (1 << bitIndex))
+            {
+                // Only draw white pixels, skip black (transparent) pixels
+                const int screenX = x + px;
+
+                // Bounds checking
+                if (const int screenY = y + py;
+                    screenX >= 0 && screenX < u8g2->width && screenY >= 0 && screenY < u8g2->height)
+                {
+                    u8g2_DrawPixel(u8g2, screenX, screenY);
+                }
+            }
+            // Black pixels are simply not drawn (transparent)
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+const unsigned char *ScreenSaver::getVehicleBitmap(const VehicleType type, const Direction direction, int &width,
+                                                   int &height)
+{
+    switch (type)
+    {
+    case VehicleType::CAR:
+        width = car_width;
+        height = car_height;
+        return (direction == Direction::LEFT) ? car_left_bits : car_right_bits;
+
+    case VehicleType::CONVERTABLE:
+        width = convertable_width;
+        height = convertable_height;
+        return (direction == Direction::LEFT) ? convertable_left_bits : convertable_right_bits;
+
+    case VehicleType::SUV:
+        width = suv_width;
+        height = suv_height;
+        return (direction == Direction::LEFT) ? suv_left_bits : suv_right_bits;
+
+    case VehicleType::LORRY:
+        width = lorry_width;
+        height = lorry_height;
+        return (direction == Direction::LEFT) ? lorry_left_bits : lorry_right_bits;
+
+    case VehicleType::TRUCK:
+        width = truck_width;
+        height = truck_height;
+        return (direction == Direction::LEFT) ? truck_left_bits : truck_right_bits;
+
+    default:
+        width = car_width;
+        height = car_height;
+        return car_left_bits;
+    }
+}
+
+void ScreenSaver::OnButtonClicked(ButtonType button)
+{
+    if (m_options && m_options->popScreen)
+    {
+        m_options->popScreen();
+    }
+}
+
+IMPLEMENT_GET_NAME(ScreenSaver)

firmware/components/insa/src/ui/SettingsMenu.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+#include "ui/SettingsMenu.h"
+
+namespace SettingsMenuItem
+{
+constexpr uint8_t OTA_UPLOAD = 0;
+}
+
+SettingsMenu::SettingsMenu(menu_options_t *options) : Menu(options)
+{
+    addText(SettingsMenuItem::OTA_UPLOAD, "OTA Einspielen");
+}
+
+IMPLEMENT_GET_NAME(SettingsMenu)

firmware/components/insa/src/ui/SplashScreen.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+#include "ui/SplashScreen.h"
+
+#include "ui/MainMenu.h"
+
+uint64_t splashTime = 0;
+
+SplashScreen::SplashScreen(menu_options_t *options) : Widget(options->u8g2), m_options(options)
+{
+}
+
+void SplashScreen::Update(const uint64_t dt)
+{
+    splashTime += dt;
+    if (splashTime > 100)
+    {
+        if (m_options && m_options->setScreen)
+        {
+            m_options->setScreen(std::make_shared<MainMenu>(m_options));
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void SplashScreen::Render()
+{
+    u8g2_SetFont(u8g2, u8g2_font_DigitalDisco_tr);
+    u8g2_DrawStr(u8g2, 28, u8g2->height / 2 - 10, "HO Anlage");
+    u8g2_DrawStr(u8g2, 30, u8g2->height / 2 + 5, "Axel Janz");
+    u8g2_SetFont(u8g2, u8g2_font_haxrcorp4089_tr);
+    u8g2_DrawStr(u8g2, 35, 50, "Initialisierung...");
+}
+
+IMPLEMENT_GET_NAME(SplashScreen)

firmware/components/led-manager/CMakeLists.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+idf_component_register(SRCS
+            src/color.c
+            src/led_status.c
+            src/led_strip_ws2812.c
+        INCLUDE_DIRS "include"
+        PRIV_REQUIRES
+            insa
+            u8g2
+            esp_event
+            esp_timer
+            persistence-manager
+            simulator
+)

firmware/components/led-manager/Kconfig

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+menu "Led Manager Configuration"
+    config WLED_DIN_PIN
+        int "WLED Data In Pin"
+        default 14
+        help
+            The number of the WLED data in pin.
+
+    config STATUS_WLED_PIN
+        int "Status WLED Pin"
+        default 2
+        help
+            The number of the status WLED pin.
+
+    config LED_STRIP_MAX_LEDS
+        int "Maximum number of LEDs"
+        default 800
+        help
+            The maximum number of LEDs that can be controlled.
+endmenu

firmware/components/led-manager/idf_component.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+dependencies:
+  espressif/led_strip: '~3.0.1'

firmware/components/led-manager/include/Matrix.h

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#include "SDL3/SDL_render.h"
+
+#include <cstdint>
+
+class Matrix
+{
+  public:
+    explicit Matrix(SDL_WindowID windowId, SDL_Renderer *renderer, uint8_t cols, uint8_t rows);
+
+    [[nodiscard]] SDL_Renderer *renderer() const;
+
+    void Render() const;
+
+    [[nodiscard]] SDL_WindowID windowId() const;
+
+  private:
+    void DrawColoredGrid() const;
+
+    SDL_WindowID m_windowId;
+    SDL_Renderer *m_renderer;
+
+    uint8_t m_cols;
+    uint8_t m_rows;
+
+    static constexpr float cellSize = 50.0f;
+    static constexpr float spacing = 1.0f;
+};

firmware/components/led-manager/include/color.h

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+
+typedef struct
+{
+    uint8_t red;
+    uint8_t green;
+    uint8_t blue;
+} rgb_t;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+    uint8_t h;
+    uint8_t s;
+    uint8_t v;
+} hsv_t;
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+rgb_t interpolate_color_rgb(rgb_t start, rgb_t end, float factor);
+rgb_t interpolate_color_hsv(rgb_t start, rgb_t end, float factor);
+hsv_t rgb_to_hsv(rgb_t rgb);
+rgb_t hsv_to_rgb(hsv_t hsv);
+__END_DECLS

firmware/components/led-manager/include/led_status.h

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#include "color.h"
+#include <esp_check.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+// Number of LEDs to be controlled
+#define STATUS_LED_COUNT 3
+
+// Possible lighting modes
+typedef enum
+{
+    LED_MODE_OFF,
+    LED_MODE_SOLID,
+    LED_MODE_BLINK
+} led_mode_t;
+
+// This is the structure you pass from the outside to define a behavior
+typedef struct
+{
+    uint32_t on_time_ms;  // Only relevant for BLINK
+    uint32_t off_time_ms; // Only relevant for BLINK
+    rgb_t color;
+    uint8_t index;
+    led_mode_t mode;
+} led_behavior_t;
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the status manager and the LED strip.
+ *
+ * @param gpio_num GPIO where the data line of the LEDs is connected.
+ * @return esp_err_t ESP_OK on success.
+ */
+esp_err_t led_status_init(int gpio_num);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the lighting behavior for a single LED.
+ *
+ * This function is thread-safe.
+ *
+ * @param index Index of the LED (0 to STATUS_LED_COUNT - 1).
+ * @param behavior The structure with the desired behavior.
+ * @return esp_err_t ESP_OK on success, ESP_ERR_INVALID_ARG on invalid index.
+ */
+esp_err_t led_status_set_behavior(led_behavior_t behavior);
+__END_DECLS

firmware/components/led-manager/include/led_strip_ws2812.h

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#include "color.h"
+#include <esp_check.h>
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+
+typedef enum
+{
+    LED_STATE_OFF,
+    LED_STATE_DAY,
+    LED_STATE_NIGHT,
+    LED_STATE_SIMULATION,
+} led_state_t;
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+esp_err_t led_strip_init(void);
+esp_err_t led_strip_update(led_state_t state, rgb_t color);
+__END_DECLS

firmware/components/led-manager/src/color.c

@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
+#include "color.h"
+#include <math.h>
+
+rgb_t interpolate_color_rgb(rgb_t start, rgb_t end, float factor)
+{
+    // Clamp factor to [0, 1]
+    if (factor > 1.0f)
+        factor = 1.0f;
+    if (factor < 0.0f)
+        factor = 0.0f;
+
+    rgb_t result;
+    result.red = (uint8_t)(start.red + (end.red - start.red) * factor);
+    result.green = (uint8_t)(start.green + (end.green - start.green) * factor);
+    result.blue = (uint8_t)(start.blue + (end.blue - start.blue) * factor);
+
+    return result;
+}
+
+rgb_t interpolate_color_hsv(rgb_t start, rgb_t end, float factor)
+{
+    // Clamp factor to [0, 1]
+    if (factor > 1.0f)
+        factor = 1.0f;
+    if (factor < 0.0f)
+        factor = 0.0f;
+
+    // Convert RGB to HSV
+    hsv_t start_hsv = rgb_to_hsv(start);
+    hsv_t end_hsv = rgb_to_hsv(end);
+
+    // Handle hue interpolation carefully (circular)
+    double h1 = start_hsv.h;
+    double h2 = end_hsv.h;
+    double diff = h2 - h1;
+
+    if (diff > 180.0)
+    {
+        h1 += 360.0;
+    }
+    else if (diff < -180.0)
+    {
+        h2 += 360.0;
+    }
+
+    // Interpolate HSV values
+    hsv_t interpolated_hsv;
+    interpolated_hsv.h = fmod(h1 + (h2 - h1) * factor, 360.0);
+    if (interpolated_hsv.h < 0)
+    {
+        interpolated_hsv.h += 360.0;
+    }
+    interpolated_hsv.s = start_hsv.s + (end_hsv.s - start_hsv.s) * factor;
+    interpolated_hsv.v = start_hsv.v + (end_hsv.v - start_hsv.v) * factor;
+
+    // Convert back to RGB
+    return hsv_to_rgb(interpolated_hsv);
+}
+
+hsv_t rgb_to_hsv(rgb_t rgb)
+{
+    hsv_t hsv;
+    uint8_t max = rgb.red;
+    uint8_t min = rgb.red;
+
+    if (rgb.green > max)
+        max = rgb.green;
+    if (rgb.blue > max)
+        max = rgb.blue;
+    if (rgb.green < min)
+        min = rgb.green;
+    if (rgb.blue < min)
+        min = rgb.blue;
+
+    uint8_t delta = max - min;
+
+    // Value berechnen
+    hsv.v = max;
+
+    // Saturation berechnen
+    if (max != 0)
+    {
+        hsv.s = (delta * 255) / max;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Schwarz (r = g = b = 0)
+        hsv.s = 0;
+        hsv.h = 0;
+        return hsv;
+    }
+
+    // Hue berechnen
+    if (delta != 0)
+    {
+        int16_t hue;
+
+        if (rgb.red == max)
+        {
+            // Zwischen Gelb und Magenta
+            hue = ((int16_t)(rgb.green - rgb.blue) * 30) / delta;
+            if (hue < 0)
+                hue += 180;
+        }
+        else if (rgb.green == max)
+        {
+            // Zwischen Cyan und Gelb
+            hue = 60 + ((int16_t)(rgb.blue - rgb.red) * 30) / delta;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // Zwischen Magenta und Cyan
+            hue = 120 + ((int16_t)(rgb.red - rgb.green) * 30) / delta;
+        }
+
+        hsv.h = (uint8_t)hue;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Graustufe
+        hsv.h = 0;
+    }
+
+    return hsv;
+}
+
+rgb_t hsv_to_rgb(hsv_t hsv)
+{
+    rgb_t rgb;
+
+    if (hsv.s == 0)
+    {
+        // Graustufe
+        rgb.red = hsv.v;
+        rgb.green = hsv.v;
+        rgb.blue = hsv.v;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        uint16_t region = hsv.h / 30;
+        uint16_t remainder = (hsv.h - (region * 30)) * 6;
+
+        uint8_t p = (hsv.v * (255 - hsv.s)) / 255;
+        uint8_t q = (hsv.v * (255 - ((hsv.s * remainder) / 180))) / 255;
+        uint8_t t = (hsv.v * (255 - ((hsv.s * (180 - remainder)) / 180))) / 255;
+
+        switch (region)
+        {
+        case 0:
+            rgb.red = hsv.v;
+            rgb.green = t;
+            rgb.blue = p;
+            break;
+        case 1:
+            rgb.red = q;
+            rgb.green = hsv.v;
+            rgb.blue = p;
+            break;
+        case 2:
+            rgb.red = p;
+            rgb.green = hsv.v;
+            rgb.blue = t;
+            break;
+        case 3:
+            rgb.red = p;
+            rgb.green = q;
+            rgb.blue = hsv.v;
+            break;
+        case 4:
+            rgb.red = t;
+            rgb.green = p;
+            rgb.blue = hsv.v;
+            break;
+        default: // case 5:
+            rgb.red = hsv.v;
+            rgb.green = p;
+            rgb.blue = q;
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return rgb;
+}

firmware/components/led-manager/src/led_status.c

@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+#include "led_status.h"
+
+#include <esp_log.h>
+#include <esp_timer.h> // For high-resolution timestamps
+#include <freertos/FreeRTOS.h>
+#include <freertos/semphr.h>
+#include <freertos/task.h>
+#include <led_strip.h>
+
+static const char *TAG = "led_status";
+
+// Internal control structure for each LED
+typedef struct
+{
+    led_behavior_t behavior;      // The desired behavior (target state)
+    uint64_t last_toggle_time_us; // Timestamp of the last toggle (in microseconds)
+    bool is_on_in_blink;          // Current state in blink mode (actual state)
+} led_control_t;
+
+// --- Module variables ---
+static led_strip_handle_t led_strip;
+static led_control_t led_controls[STATUS_LED_COUNT];
+static SemaphoreHandle_t mutex; // To protect the led_controls array
+
+// The core: The task that controls the LEDs
+static void led_status_task(void *pvParameters)
+{
+    ESP_LOGI(TAG, "Led Status Task started.");
+
+    while (true)
+    {
+        uint64_t now_us = esp_timer_get_time();
+
+        // Take the mutex to safely access the control data
+        if (xSemaphoreTake(mutex, pdMS_TO_TICKS(100)) == pdTRUE)
+        {
+
+            for (int i = 0; i < STATUS_LED_COUNT; i++)
+            {
+                led_control_t *control = &led_controls[i];
+
+                switch (control->behavior.mode)
+                {
+                case LED_MODE_OFF:
+                    led_strip_set_pixel(led_strip, i, 0, 0, 0);
+                    break;
+
+                case LED_MODE_SOLID:
+                    led_strip_set_pixel(led_strip, i, control->behavior.color.red, control->behavior.color.green,
+                                        control->behavior.color.blue);
+                    break;
+
+                case LED_MODE_BLINK: {
+                    uint32_t duration_ms =
+                        control->is_on_in_blink ? control->behavior.on_time_ms : control->behavior.off_time_ms;
+                    if ((now_us - control->last_toggle_time_us) / 1000 >= duration_ms)
+                    {
+                        control->is_on_in_blink = !control->is_on_in_blink; // Toggle state
+                        control->last_toggle_time_us = now_us;              // Update timestamp
+                    }
+
+                    if (control->is_on_in_blink)
+                    {
+                        led_strip_set_pixel(led_strip, i, control->behavior.color.red, control->behavior.color.green,
+                                            control->behavior.color.blue);
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        led_strip_set_pixel(led_strip, i, 0, 0, 0);
+                    }
+                }
+                break;
+                }
+            }
+            // Release the mutex
+            xSemaphoreGive(mutex);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            ESP_LOGW(TAG, "Failed to acquire mutex within timeout");
+        }
+
+        // Update the physical LED strip with the new values
+        led_strip_refresh(led_strip);
+
+        // Delay task for 20ms before the next iteration
+        vTaskDelay(pdMS_TO_TICKS(20));
+    }
+}
+
+// Initialization function
+esp_err_t led_status_init(int gpio_num)
+{
+    // LED strip configuration (e.g., for WS2812)
+    led_strip_config_t strip_config = {
+        .strip_gpio_num = gpio_num,
+        .max_leds = STATUS_LED_COUNT,
+        .led_model = LED_MODEL_WS2812,
+        .color_component_format = LED_STRIP_COLOR_COMPONENT_FMT_GRBW,
+        .flags =
+            {
+                .invert_out = false,
+            },
+    };
+    led_strip_rmt_config_t rmt_config = {
+        .clk_src = RMT_CLK_SRC_DEFAULT,
+        .resolution_hz = 10 * 1000 * 1000, // 10MHz
+        .mem_block_symbols = 0,
+        .flags =
+            {
+                .with_dma = false,
+            },
+    };
+    ESP_ERROR_CHECK(led_strip_new_rmt_device(&strip_config, &rmt_config, &led_strip));
+    ESP_LOGI(TAG, "LED strip initialized.");
+
+    // Create mutex
+    mutex = xSemaphoreCreateMutex();
+    if (mutex == NULL)
+    {
+        ESP_LOGE(TAG, "Could not create mutex.");
+        return ESP_FAIL;
+    }
+
+    // Start task
+    xTaskCreatePinnedToCore(led_status_task, "led_status_task", 2048, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY + 2, NULL,
+                            CONFIG_FREERTOS_NUMBER_OF_CORES - 1);
+
+    return ESP_OK;
+}
+
+// Function to set the behavior
+esp_err_t led_status_set_behavior(led_behavior_t behavior)
+{
+    if (behavior.index >= STATUS_LED_COUNT)
+    {
+        return ESP_ERR_INVALID_ARG;
+    }
+
+    if (xSemaphoreTake(mutex, pdMS_TO_TICKS(100)) == pdTRUE)
+    {
+        led_controls[behavior.index].behavior = behavior;
+        // Reset internal state variables to start the new pattern cleanly
+        led_controls[behavior.index].is_on_in_blink = false;
+        led_controls[behavior.index].last_toggle_time_us = esp_timer_get_time();
+        xSemaphoreGive(mutex);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        ESP_LOGE(TAG, "Failed to acquire mutex for set_behavior");
+        return ESP_FAIL;
+    }
+
+    return ESP_OK;
+}

firmware/components/led-manager/src/led_strip_ws2812.c

@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+#include "led_strip_ws2812.h"
+#include "color.h"
+#include "led_status.h"
+#include <esp_log.h>
+#include <freertos/FreeRTOS.h>
+#include <freertos/queue.h>
+#include <freertos/task.h>
+#include <led_strip.h>
+#include <sdkconfig.h>
+
+static const char *TAG = "led_strip";
+
+static led_strip_handle_t led_strip;
+static QueueHandle_t led_command_queue;
+
+static const uint32_t MAX_LEDS = CONFIG_LED_STRIP_MAX_LEDS;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+    led_state_t state;
+    rgb_t color;
+} led_command_t;
+
+static void set_all_pixels(const rgb_t color)
+{
+    for (uint32_t i = 0; i < MAX_LEDS; i++)
+    {
+        led_strip_set_pixel(led_strip, i, color.red, color.green, color.blue);
+    }
+    led_strip_refresh(led_strip);
+
+    led_behavior_t led_behavior = {
+        .index = 2,
+        .mode = LED_MODE_SOLID,
+        .color = {.red = color.red, .green = color.green, .blue = color.blue},
+    };
+    led_status_set_behavior(led_behavior);
+}
+
+void led_strip_task(void *pvParameters)
+{
+    led_state_t current_state = LED_STATE_OFF;
+    led_command_t cmd;
+
+    for (;;)
+    {
+        TickType_t wait_ticks = (current_state == LED_STATE_SIMULATION) ? pdMS_TO_TICKS(50) : portMAX_DELAY;
+        if (xQueueReceive(led_command_queue, &cmd, wait_ticks) == pdPASS)
+        {
+            current_state = cmd.state;
+        }
+
+        rgb_t color;
+        switch (current_state)
+        {
+        case LED_STATE_OFF:
+            color = (rgb_t){.red = 0, .green = 0, .blue = 0};
+            break;
+        default:
+            color = cmd.color;
+            break;
+        }
+
+        set_all_pixels(color);
+    }
+};
+
+esp_err_t led_strip_init(void)
+{
+    led_strip_config_t strip_config = {
+        .strip_gpio_num = CONFIG_WLED_DIN_PIN,
+        .max_leds = MAX_LEDS,
+        .led_model = LED_MODEL_WS2812,
+        .color_component_format = LED_STRIP_COLOR_COMPONENT_FMT_GRB,
+        .flags = {.invert_out = false},
+    };
+
+    led_strip_rmt_config_t rmt_config = {
+        .clk_src = RMT_CLK_SRC_DEFAULT,
+        .resolution_hz = 0,
+        .mem_block_symbols = 0,
+        .flags = {.with_dma = true},
+    };
+
+    ESP_ERROR_CHECK(led_strip_new_rmt_device(&strip_config, &rmt_config, &led_strip));
+
+    led_command_queue = xQueueCreate(5, sizeof(led_command_t));
+    if (led_command_queue == NULL)
+    {
+        ESP_LOGE(TAG, "Failed to create command queue");
+        return ESP_FAIL;
+    }
+
+    set_all_pixels((rgb_t){.red = 0, .green = 0, .blue = 0});
+
+    xTaskCreatePinnedToCore(led_strip_task, "led_strip_task", 4096, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY + 1, NULL,
+                            CONFIG_FREERTOS_NUMBER_OF_CORES - 1);
+
+    ESP_LOGI(TAG, "LED strip initialized");
+
+    return ESP_OK;
+}
+
+esp_err_t led_strip_update(led_state_t state, rgb_t color)
+{
+    led_command_t cmd = {
+        .state = state,
+        .color = color,
+    };
+
+    if (xQueueSend(led_command_queue, &cmd, pdMS_TO_TICKS(100)) != pdPASS)
+    {
+        ESP_LOGE(TAG, "Failed to send command to LED manager queue");
+        return ESP_FAIL;
+    }
+    return ESP_OK;
+}

firmware/components/persistence-manager/CMakeLists.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+idf_component_register(SRCS
+        src/PersistenceManager.cpp
+        INCLUDE_DIRS "include"
+        REQUIRES
+        nvs_flash
+)

firmware/components/persistence-manager/include/IPersistenceManager.h

@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#include <string>
+#include <type_traits>
+
+/**
+ * @interface IPersistenceManager
+ * @brief Abstract interface for platform-independent persistence management
+ * @details This interface defines the contract for key-value storage and retrieval
+ *          systems across different platforms (Desktop/SDL3 and ESP32).
+ */
+class IPersistenceManager
+{
+public:
+    virtual ~IPersistenceManager() = default;
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Template methods for type-safe setting and retrieving of values
+     * @tparam T The type of value to set (must be one of: bool, int, float, double, std::string)
+     * @param key The key to associate with the value
+     * @param value The value to store
+     */
+    template<typename T>
+    void SetValue(const std::string& key, const T& value) {
+        static_assert(std::is_same_v<T, bool> || 
+                     std::is_same_v<T, int> || 
+                     std::is_same_v<T, float> || 
+                     std::is_same_v<T, double> || 
+                     std::is_same_v<T, std::string>,
+                     "Unsupported type for IPersistenceManager");
+        SetValueImpl(key, value);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Template method for type-safe retrieval of values
+     * @tparam T The type of value to retrieve
+     * @param key The key to look up
+     * @param defaultValue The default value to return if the key is not found
+     * @return The stored value or default value if the key doesn't exist
+     */
+    template<typename T>
+    [[nodiscard]] T GetValue(const std::string& key, const T& defaultValue = T{}) const {
+        return GetValueImpl<T>(key, defaultValue);
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Utility methods for key management
+     */
+    [[nodiscard]] virtual bool HasKey(const std::string& key) const = 0; ///< Check if a key exists
+    virtual void RemoveKey(const std::string& key) = 0; ///< Remove a key-value pair
+    virtual void Clear() = 0; ///< Clear all stored data
+    [[nodiscard]] virtual size_t GetKeyCount() const = 0; ///< Get the number of stored keys
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Persistence operations
+     */
+    virtual bool Save() = 0; ///< Save data to persistent storage
+    virtual bool Load() = 0; ///< Load data from persistent storage
+
+protected:
+    /**
+     * @brief Template-specific implementations that must be overridden by derived classes
+     * @details These methods handle the actual storage and retrieval of different data types
+     */
+    virtual void SetValueImpl(const std::string& key, bool value) = 0;
+    virtual void SetValueImpl(const std::string& key, int value) = 0;
+    virtual void SetValueImpl(const std::string& key, float value) = 0;
+    virtual void SetValueImpl(const std::string& key, double value) = 0;
+    virtual void SetValueImpl(const std::string& key, const std::string& value) = 0;
+
+    [[nodiscard]] virtual bool GetValueImpl(const std::string& key, bool defaultValue) const = 0;
+    [[nodiscard]] virtual int GetValueImpl(const std::string& key, int defaultValue) const = 0;
+    [[nodiscard]] virtual float GetValueImpl(const std::string& key, float defaultValue) const = 0;
+    [[nodiscard]] virtual double GetValueImpl(const std::string& key, double defaultValue) const = 0;
+    [[nodiscard]] virtual std::string GetValueImpl(const std::string& key, const std::string& defaultValue) const = 0;
+
+private:
+    /**
+     * @brief Template dispatch methods for type-safe value retrieval
+     * @tparam T The type to retrieve
+     * @param key The key to look up
+     * @param defaultValue The default value to return
+     * @return The retrieved value or default if not found
+     */
+    template<typename T>
+    [[nodiscard]] T GetValueImpl(const std::string& key, const T& defaultValue) const
+    {
+        if constexpr (std::is_same_v<T, bool>) {
+            return GetValueImpl(key, static_cast<bool>(defaultValue));
+        } else if constexpr (std::is_same_v<T, int>) {
+            return GetValueImpl(key, static_cast<int>(defaultValue));
+        } else if constexpr (std::is_same_v<T, float>) {
+            return GetValueImpl(key, static_cast<float>(defaultValue));
+        } else if constexpr (std::is_same_v<T, double>) {
+            return GetValueImpl(key, static_cast<double>(defaultValue));
+        } else if constexpr (std::is_same_v<T, std::string>) {
+            return GetValueImpl(key, static_cast<const std::string&>(defaultValue));
+        } else {
+            static_assert(std::is_same_v<T, bool> || 
+                         std::is_same_v<T, int> || 
+                         std::is_same_v<T, float> || 
+                         std::is_same_v<T, double> || 
+                         std::is_same_v<T, std::string>,
+                         "Unsupported type for IPersistenceManager");
+            return defaultValue; // This line will never be reached, but satisfies the compiler
+        }
+    }
+};

firmware/components/persistence-manager/include/hal_esp32/PersistenceManager.h

@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#include "IPersistenceManager.h"
+#include <string>
+#include <unordered_map>
+
+#include <nvs.h>
+#include <nvs_flash.h>
+
+/**
+ * @class PersistenceManager
+ * @brief ESP32-specific implementation using NVS (Non-Volatile Storage)
+ * @details This implementation uses ESP32's NVS API for persistent storage
+ *          in flash memory, providing a platform-optimized solution for
+ *          embedded systems.
+ */
+class PersistenceManager final : public IPersistenceManager
+{
+  private:
+    nvs_handle_t nvs_handle_;
+    std::string namespace_;
+    bool initialized_;
+
+  public:
+    explicit PersistenceManager(const std::string &nvs_namespace = "config");
+    ~PersistenceManager() override;
+
+    bool HasKey(const std::string &key) const override;
+    void RemoveKey(const std::string &key) override;
+    void Clear() override;
+    size_t GetKeyCount() const override;
+
+    bool Save() override;
+    bool Load() override;
+
+    bool Initialize();
+    void Deinitialize();
+    bool IsInitialized() const
+    {
+        return initialized_;
+    }
+
+  protected:
+    void SetValueImpl(const std::string &key, bool value) override;
+    void SetValueImpl(const std::string &key, int value) override;
+    void SetValueImpl(const std::string &key, float value) override;
+    void SetValueImpl(const std::string &key, double value) override;
+    void SetValueImpl(const std::string &key, const std::string &value) override;
+
+    bool GetValueImpl(const std::string &key, bool defaultValue) const override;
+    int GetValueImpl(const std::string &key, int defaultValue) const override;
+    float GetValueImpl(const std::string &key, float defaultValue) const override;
+    double GetValueImpl(const std::string &key, double defaultValue) const override;
+    std::string GetValueImpl(const std::string &key, const std::string &defaultValue) const override;
+
+  private:
+    bool EnsureInitialized() const;
+};

firmware/components/persistence-manager/src/PersistenceManager.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
+#include "hal_esp32/PersistenceManager.h"
+#include <cstring>
+#include <esp_log.h>
+
+static const char *TAG = "PersistenceManager";
+
+PersistenceManager::PersistenceManager(const std::string &nvs_namespace)
+    : namespace_(nvs_namespace), initialized_(false)
+{
+    Initialize();
+    Load();
+}
+
+PersistenceManager::~PersistenceManager()
+{
+    Deinitialize();
+}
+
+bool PersistenceManager::Initialize()
+{
+    if (initialized_)
+    {
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    // Open NVS handle
+    esp_err_t err = nvs_open(namespace_.c_str(), NVS_READWRITE, &nvs_handle_);
+    if (err != ESP_OK)
+    {
+        ESP_LOGE(TAG, "Failed to open NVS handle: %s", esp_err_to_name(err));
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    initialized_ = true;
+    ESP_LOGI(TAG, "PersistenceManager initialized with namespace: %s", namespace_.c_str());
+    return true;
+}
+
+void PersistenceManager::Deinitialize()
+{
+    if (initialized_)
+    {
+        nvs_close(nvs_handle_);
+        initialized_ = false;
+    }
+}
+
+bool PersistenceManager::EnsureInitialized() const
+{
+    if (!initialized_)
+    {
+        ESP_LOGE(TAG, "PersistenceManager not initialized");
+        return false;
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool PersistenceManager::HasKey(const std::string &key) const
+{
+    if (!EnsureInitialized())
+        return false;
+
+    size_t required_size = 0;
+    esp_err_t err = nvs_get_blob(nvs_handle_, key.c_str(), nullptr, &required_size);
+    return err == ESP_OK;
+}
+
+void PersistenceManager::RemoveKey(const std::string &key)
+{
+    if (!EnsureInitialized())
+        return;
+
+    esp_err_t err = nvs_erase_key(nvs_handle_, key.c_str());
+    if (err != ESP_OK && err != ESP_ERR_NVS_NOT_FOUND)
+    {
+        ESP_LOGE(TAG, "Failed to remove key '%s': %s", key.c_str(), esp_err_to_name(err));
+    }
+}
+
+void PersistenceManager::Clear()
+{
+    if (!EnsureInitialized())
+        return;
+
+    esp_err_t err = nvs_erase_all(nvs_handle_);
+    if (err != ESP_OK)
+    {
+        ESP_LOGE(TAG, "Failed to clear all keys: %s", esp_err_to_name(err));
+    }
+}
+
+size_t PersistenceManager::GetKeyCount() const
+{
+    if (!EnsureInitialized())
+        return 0;
+
+    nvs_iterator_t it = nullptr;
+    esp_err_t err = nvs_entry_find(NVS_DEFAULT_PART_NAME, namespace_.c_str(), NVS_TYPE_ANY, &it);
+
+    if (err != ESP_OK || it == nullptr)
+    {
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    size_t count = 0;
+
+    while (it != nullptr)
+    {
+        count++;
+        err = nvs_entry_next(&it);
+        if (err != ESP_OK)
+        {
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    nvs_release_iterator(it);
+    return count;
+}
+
+bool PersistenceManager::Save()
+{
+    if (!EnsureInitialized())
+        return false;
+
+    esp_err_t err = nvs_commit(nvs_handle_);
+    if (err != ESP_OK)
+    {
+        ESP_LOGE(TAG, "Failed to commit NVS: %s", esp_err_to_name(err));
+        return false;
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool PersistenceManager::Load()
+{
+    return EnsureInitialized();
+}
+
+void PersistenceManager::SetValueImpl(const std::string &key, bool value)
+{
+    if (!EnsureInitialized())
+        return;
+
+    uint8_t val = value ? 1 : 0;
+    esp_err_t err = nvs_set_u8(nvs_handle_, key.c_str(), val);
+    if (err != ESP_OK)
+    {
+        ESP_LOGE(TAG, "Failed to set bool key '%s': %s", key.c_str(), esp_err_to_name(err));
+    }
+}
+
+void PersistenceManager::SetValueImpl(const std::string &key, int value)
+{
+    if (!EnsureInitialized())
+        return;
+
+    esp_err_t err = nvs_set_i32(nvs_handle_, key.c_str(), value);
+    if (err != ESP_OK)
+    {
+        ESP_LOGE(TAG, "Failed to set int key '%s': %s", key.c_str(), esp_err_to_name(err));
+    }
+}
+
+void PersistenceManager::SetValueImpl(const std::string &key, float value)
+{
+    if (!EnsureInitialized())
+        return;
+
+    esp_err_t err = nvs_set_blob(nvs_handle_, key.c_str(), &value, sizeof(float));
+    if (err != ESP_OK)
+    {
+        ESP_LOGE(TAG, "Failed to set float key '%s': %s", key.c_str(), esp_err_to_name(err));
+    }
+}
+
+void PersistenceManager::SetValueImpl(const std::string &key, double value)
+{
+    if (!EnsureInitialized())
+        return;
+
+    esp_err_t err = nvs_set_blob(nvs_handle_, key.c_str(), &value, sizeof(double));
+    if (err != ESP_OK)
+    {
+        ESP_LOGE(TAG, "Failed to set double key '%s': %s", key.c_str(), esp_err_to_name(err));
+    }
+}
+
+void PersistenceManager::SetValueImpl(const std::string &key, const std::string &value)
+{
+    if (!EnsureInitialized())
+        return;
+
+    esp_err_t err = nvs_set_str(nvs_handle_, key.c_str(), value.c_str());
+    if (err != ESP_OK)
+    {
+        ESP_LOGE(TAG, "Failed to set string key '%s': %s", key.c_str(), esp_err_to_name(err));
+    }
+}
+
+bool PersistenceManager::GetValueImpl(const std::string &key, bool defaultValue) const
+{
+    if (!EnsureInitialized())
+        return defaultValue;
+
+    uint8_t value;
+    esp_err_t err = nvs_get_u8(nvs_handle_, key.c_str(), &value);
+    if (err != ESP_OK)
+    {
+        return defaultValue;
+    }
+    return value != 0;
+}
+
+int PersistenceManager::GetValueImpl(const std::string &key, int defaultValue) const
+{
+    if (!EnsureInitialized())
+        return defaultValue;
+
+    int32_t value;
+    esp_err_t err = nvs_get_i32(nvs_handle_, key.c_str(), &value);
+    if (err != ESP_OK)
+    {
+        return defaultValue;
+    }
+    return static_cast<int>(value);
+}
+
+float PersistenceManager::GetValueImpl(const std::string &key, float defaultValue) const
+{
+    if (!EnsureInitialized())
+        return defaultValue;
+
+    float value;
+    size_t required_size = sizeof(float);
+    esp_err_t err = nvs_get_blob(nvs_handle_, key.c_str(), &value, &required_size);
+    if (err != ESP_OK || required_size != sizeof(float))
+    {
+        return defaultValue;
+    }
+    return value;
+}
+
+double PersistenceManager::GetValueImpl(const std::string &key, double defaultValue) const
+{
+    if (!EnsureInitialized())
+        return defaultValue;
+
+    double value;
+    size_t required_size = sizeof(double);
+    esp_err_t err = nvs_get_blob(nvs_handle_, key.c_str(), &value, &required_size);
+    if (err != ESP_OK || required_size != sizeof(double))
+    {
+        return defaultValue;
+    }
+    return value;
+}
+
+std::string PersistenceManager::GetValueImpl(const std::string &key, const std::string &defaultValue) const
+{
+    if (!EnsureInitialized())
+        return defaultValue;
+
+    size_t required_size = 0;
+    esp_err_t err = nvs_get_str(nvs_handle_, key.c_str(), nullptr, &required_size);
+    if (err != ESP_OK)
+    {
+        return defaultValue;
+    }
+
+    std::string value(required_size - 1, '\0'); // -1 for null terminator
+    err = nvs_get_str(nvs_handle_, key.c_str(), value.data(), &required_size);
+    if (err != ESP_OK)
+    {
+        return defaultValue;
+    }
+
+    return value;
+}

firmware/components/simulator/CMakeLists.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+idf_component_register(SRCS 
+                        "src/simulator.cpp"
+                        "src/storage.cpp"
+                    INCLUDE_DIRS "include"
+                    PRIV_REQUIRES
+                        led-manager
+                        persistence-manager
+                        spiffs
+)

firmware/components/simulator/include/simulator.h

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#include "esp_check.h"
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+// Configuration structure for the simulation
+typedef struct
+{
+    int cycle_duration_minutes;
+} simulation_config_t;
+
+char *get_time(void);
+esp_err_t add_light_item(const char time[5], uint8_t red, uint8_t green, uint8_t blue, uint8_t white,
+                         uint8_t brightness, uint8_t saturation);
+void cleanup_light_items(void);
+void start_simulate_day(void);
+void start_simulate_night(void);
+void start_simulation_task(void);
+void stop_simulation_task(void);
+void start_simulation(void);

firmware/components/simulator/include/storage.h

@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+#pragma once
+
+void initialize_storage();
+void load_file(const char *filename);

firmware/components/simulator/src/simulator.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,429 @@
+#include "simulator.h"
+
+#include "color.h"
+#include "hal_esp32/PersistenceManager.h"
+#include "led_strip_ws2812.h"
+#include "storage.h"
+#include <esp_heap_caps.h>
+#include <esp_log.h>
+#include <freertos/FreeRTOS.h>
+#include <freertos/semphr.h>
+#include <freertos/task.h>
+#include <math.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+static const char *TAG = "simulator";
+static char *time;
+
+static char *time_to_string(int hhmm)
+{
+    static char buffer[20];
+    snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%02d:%02d Uhr", hhmm / 100, hhmm % 100);
+    return buffer;
+}
+
+static TaskHandle_t simulation_task_handle = NULL;
+static SemaphoreHandle_t simulation_mutex = NULL;
+
+static void ensure_mutex_initialized(void)
+{
+    if (simulation_mutex == NULL)
+    {
+        simulation_mutex = xSemaphoreCreateMutex();
+    }
+}
+
+// The struct is extended with a 'next' pointer to form a linked list.
+typedef struct light_item_node_t
+{
+    char time[5];
+    uint8_t red;
+    uint8_t green;
+    uint8_t blue;
+    struct light_item_node_t *next;
+} light_item_node_t;
+
+// Global pointers for the head and tail of the list.
+static light_item_node_t *head = NULL;
+static light_item_node_t *tail = NULL;
+
+// Interpolation mode selection
+typedef enum
+{
+    INTERPOLATION_RGB,
+    INTERPOLATION_HSV
+} interpolation_mode_t;
+
+// You can change this to test different interpolation methods
+static const interpolation_mode_t interpolation_mode = INTERPOLATION_RGB;
+
+char *get_time(void)
+{
+    return time;
+}
+
+// Main interpolation function that selects the appropriate method
+static rgb_t interpolate_color(rgb_t start, rgb_t end, float factor)
+{
+    switch (interpolation_mode)
+    {
+    case INTERPOLATION_RGB:
+        return interpolate_color_rgb(start, end, factor);
+    case INTERPOLATION_HSV:
+    default:
+        return interpolate_color_hsv(start, end, factor);
+    }
+}
+
+esp_err_t add_light_item(const char time[5], uint8_t red, uint8_t green, uint8_t blue, uint8_t white,
+                         uint8_t brightness, uint8_t saturation)
+{
+    // Allocate memory for a new node in PSRAM.
+    light_item_node_t *new_node = (light_item_node_t *)heap_caps_malloc(sizeof(light_item_node_t), MALLOC_CAP_SPIRAM);
+    if (new_node == NULL)
+    {
+        ESP_LOGE(TAG, "Failed to allocate memory in PSRAM for new light_item_node_t.");
+        return ESP_FAIL;
+    }
+
+    rgb_t color = {.red = red, .green = green, .blue = blue};
+
+    if (saturation < 255)
+    {
+        hsv_t hsv = rgb_to_hsv(color);
+        hsv.s = hsv.s * (saturation / 255.0f);
+        // color = hsv_to_rgb(hsv);
+    }
+
+    float brightness_factor = brightness / 255.0f;
+
+    memcpy(new_node->time, time, sizeof(new_node->time));
+    new_node->red = (uint8_t)(color.red * brightness_factor);
+    new_node->green = (uint8_t)(color.green * brightness_factor);
+    new_node->blue = (uint8_t)(color.blue * brightness_factor);
+    new_node->next = NULL;
+
+    // Append the new node to the end of the list.
+    if (head == NULL)
+    {
+        // If the list is empty, the new node becomes both head and tail.
+        head = new_node;
+        tail = new_node;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Otherwise, append the new node to the end and update tail.
+        tail->next = new_node;
+        tail = new_node;
+    }
+
+    return ESP_OK;
+}
+
+void cleanup_light_items(void)
+{
+    light_item_node_t *current = head;
+    light_item_node_t *next_node;
+
+    while (current != NULL)
+    {
+        next_node = current->next;
+        heap_caps_free(current);
+        current = next_node;
+    }
+
+    head = NULL;
+    tail = NULL;
+    ESP_LOGI(TAG, "Cleaned up all light items.");
+}
+
+static void initialize_light_items(void)
+{
+    cleanup_light_items();
+    initialize_storage();
+
+    static char filename[30];
+    auto persistence = PersistenceManager();
+    int variant = persistence.GetValue("light_variant", 1);
+    snprintf(filename, sizeof(filename), "/spiffs/schema_%02d.csv", variant);
+    load_file(filename);
+
+    if (head == NULL)
+    {
+        ESP_LOGW(TAG, "Light schedule is empty. Simulation will not run.");
+        vTaskDelete(NULL);
+        return;
+    }
+}
+
+static light_item_node_t *find_best_light_item_for_time(int hhmm)
+{
+    light_item_node_t *best_item = NULL;
+    light_item_node_t *current = head;
+    int best_time = -1;
+
+    while (current != NULL)
+    {
+        int current_time = atoi(current->time);
+        if (current_time <= hhmm && current_time > best_time)
+        {
+            best_time = current_time;
+            best_item = current;
+        }
+        current = current->next;
+    }
+
+    if (best_item == NULL)
+    {
+        // If no item is found for the given time (e.g., before the first item of the day),
+        // find the last item of the previous day.
+        best_time = -1;
+        current = head;
+        while (current != NULL)
+        {
+            int current_time = atoi(current->time);
+            if (current_time > best_time)
+            {
+                best_time = current_time;
+                best_item = current;
+            }
+            current = current->next;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return best_item;
+}
+
+static light_item_node_t *find_next_light_item_for_time(int hhmm)
+{
+    light_item_node_t *current = head;
+    light_item_node_t *next_item = NULL;
+    int next_time = 9999; // Initialize with a value larger than any possible time
+
+    // First pass: find the soonest time after hhmm
+    while (current != NULL)
+    {
+        int current_time = atoi(current->time);
+        if (current_time > hhmm && current_time < next_time)
+        {
+            next_time = current_time;
+            next_item = current;
+        }
+        current = current->next;
+    }
+
+    // If no item is found for the rest of the day, wrap around to the beginning of the next day
+    if (next_item == NULL)
+    {
+        current = head;
+        next_time = 9999;
+        while (current != NULL)
+        {
+            int current_time = atoi(current->time);
+            if (current_time < next_time)
+            {
+                next_time = current_time;
+                next_item = current;
+            }
+            current = current->next;
+        }
+    }
+    return next_item;
+}
+
+void start_simulate_day(void)
+{
+    initialize_light_items();
+
+    light_item_node_t *current_item = find_best_light_item_for_time(1200);
+    if (current_item != NULL)
+    {
+        led_strip_update(LED_STATE_DAY,
+                         (rgb_t){.red = current_item->red, .green = current_item->green, .blue = current_item->blue});
+    }
+}
+
+void start_simulate_night(void)
+{
+    initialize_light_items();
+
+    light_item_node_t *current_item = find_best_light_item_for_time(0);
+    if (current_item != NULL)
+    {
+        led_strip_update(LED_STATE_NIGHT,
+                         (rgb_t){.red = current_item->red, .green = current_item->green, .blue = current_item->blue});
+    }
+}
+
+void simulate_cycle(void *args)
+{
+    simulation_config_t *config = (simulation_config_t *)args;
+    int cycle_duration_minutes = config->cycle_duration_minutes;
+    heap_caps_free(config);
+
+    if (cycle_duration_minutes <= 0)
+    {
+        ESP_LOGE(TAG, "Invalid cycle duration: %d minutes. Must be positive.", cycle_duration_minutes);
+        if (simulation_mutex != NULL && xSemaphoreTake(simulation_mutex, portMAX_DELAY) == pdTRUE)
+        {
+            simulation_task_handle = NULL;
+            xSemaphoreGive(simulation_mutex);
+        }
+        vTaskDelete(NULL);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    initialize_light_items();
+
+    const int total_minutes_in_day = 24 * 60;
+    long delay_ms = (long)cycle_duration_minutes * 60 * 1000 / total_minutes_in_day;
+    ESP_LOGI(TAG, "Starting simulation of a 24h cycle over %d minutes. Each simulated minute will take %ld ms.",
+             cycle_duration_minutes, delay_ms);
+
+    int current_minute_of_day = 0;
+
+    while (1)
+    {
+        int hours = current_minute_of_day / 60;
+        int minutes = current_minute_of_day % 60;
+        int hhmm = hours * 100 + minutes;
+        time = time_to_string(hhmm);
+
+        light_item_node_t *current_item = find_best_light_item_for_time(hhmm);
+        light_item_node_t *next_item = find_next_light_item_for_time(hhmm);
+
+        if (current_item != NULL && next_item != NULL)
+        {
+            int current_item_time_min = (atoi(current_item->time) / 100) * 60 + (atoi(current_item->time) % 100);
+            int next_item_time_min = (atoi(next_item->time) / 100) * 60 + (atoi(next_item->time) % 100);
+
+            if (next_item_time_min < current_item_time_min)
+            {
+                next_item_time_min += total_minutes_in_day;
+            }
+
+            int minutes_since_current_item_start = current_minute_of_day - current_item_time_min;
+            if (minutes_since_current_item_start < 0)
+            {
+                minutes_since_current_item_start += total_minutes_in_day;
+            }
+
+            int interval_duration = next_item_time_min - current_item_time_min;
+            if (interval_duration == 0)
+            {
+                interval_duration = 1;
+            }
+
+            float interpolation_factor = (float)minutes_since_current_item_start / (float)interval_duration;
+
+            // Prepare colors for interpolation
+            rgb_t start_rgb = {.red = current_item->red, .green = current_item->green, .blue = current_item->blue};
+            rgb_t end_rgb = {.red = next_item->red, .green = next_item->green, .blue = next_item->blue};
+
+            // Use the interpolation function
+            rgb_t final_rgb = interpolate_color(start_rgb, end_rgb, interpolation_factor);
+
+            led_strip_update(LED_STATE_SIMULATION, final_rgb);
+        }
+        else if (current_item != NULL)
+        {
+            // No next item, just use current
+            led_strip_update(
+                LED_STATE_SIMULATION,
+                (rgb_t){.red = current_item->red, .green = current_item->green, .blue = current_item->blue});
+        }
+
+        vTaskDelay(pdMS_TO_TICKS(delay_ms));
+
+        current_minute_of_day++;
+        if (current_minute_of_day >= total_minutes_in_day)
+        {
+            current_minute_of_day = 0;
+            ESP_LOGI(TAG, "Simulation cycle restarting.");
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void start_simulation_task(void)
+{
+    stop_simulation_task();
+
+    simulation_config_t *config =
+        (simulation_config_t *)heap_caps_malloc(sizeof(simulation_config_t), MALLOC_CAP_SPIRAM);
+    if (config == NULL)
+    {
+        ESP_LOGE(TAG, "Failed to allocate memory for simulation config.");
+        return;
+    }
+
+    config->cycle_duration_minutes = 15;
+
+    if (xTaskCreatePinnedToCore(simulate_cycle, "simulate_cycle", 4096, (void *)config, tskIDLE_PRIORITY + 1,
+                                &simulation_task_handle, CONFIG_FREERTOS_NUMBER_OF_CORES - 1) != pdPASS)
+    {
+        ESP_LOGE(TAG, "Failed to create simulation task.");
+        heap_caps_free(config);
+    }
+}
+
+void stop_simulation_task(void)
+{
+    ensure_mutex_initialized();
+
+    if (xSemaphoreTake(simulation_mutex, portMAX_DELAY) == pdTRUE)
+    {
+        if (simulation_task_handle != NULL)
+        {
+            TaskHandle_t handle_to_delete = simulation_task_handle;
+            simulation_task_handle = NULL;
+            xSemaphoreGive(simulation_mutex);
+
+            // Prüfe ob der Task noch existiert bevor er gelöscht wird
+            eTaskState state = eTaskGetState(handle_to_delete);
+            if (state != eDeleted && state != eInvalid)
+            {
+                vTaskDelete(handle_to_delete);
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            xSemaphoreGive(simulation_mutex);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void start_simulation(void)
+{
+    stop_simulation_task();
+
+    auto persistence = PersistenceManager();
+    if (persistence.GetValue("light_active", false))
+    {
+
+        int mode = persistence.GetValue("light_mode", 0);
+        switch (mode)
+        {
+        case 0: // Simulation mode
+            start_simulation_task();
+            break;
+
+        case 1: // Day mode
+            start_simulate_day();
+            break;
+
+        case 2: // Night mode
+            start_simulate_night();
+            break;
+
+        default:
+            ESP_LOGW(TAG, "Unknown light mode: %d", mode);
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        led_strip_update(LED_STATE_OFF, rgb_t{});
+    }
+}

firmware/components/simulator/src/storage.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+#include "storage.h"
+#include "esp_check.h"
+#include "esp_log.h"
+#include "esp_spiffs.h"
+#include "simulator.h"
+#include <cstring>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+static const char *TAG = "storage";
+
+void initialize_storage()
+{
+    esp_vfs_spiffs_conf_t conf = {
+        .base_path = "/spiffs",
+        .partition_label = NULL,
+        .max_files = 5,
+        .format_if_mount_failed = false,
+    };
+
+    esp_err_t ret = esp_vfs_spiffs_register(&conf);
+
+    if (ret != ESP_OK)
+    {
+        if (ret == ESP_FAIL)
+        {
+            ESP_LOGE(TAG, "Failed to mount or format filesystem");
+        }
+        else if (ret == ESP_ERR_NOT_FOUND)
+        {
+            ESP_LOGE(TAG, "Failed to find SPIFFS partition");
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            ESP_LOGE(TAG, "Failed to initialize SPIFFS (%s)", esp_err_to_name(ret));
+        }
+        return;
+    }
+}
+
+void load_file(const char *filename)
+{
+    ESP_LOGI(TAG, "Loading file: %s", filename);
+    FILE *f = fopen(filename, "r");
+    if (f == NULL)
+    {
+        ESP_LOGE(TAG, "Failed to open file for reading");
+        return;
+    }
+
+    char line[128];
+    uint8_t line_number = 0;
+    while (fgets(line, sizeof(line), f))
+    {
+        char *pos = strchr(line, '\n');
+        if (pos)
+        {
+            *pos = '\0';
+        }
+
+        if (strlen(line) == 0)
+        {
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        char *trimmed = line;
+        while (*trimmed == ' ' || *trimmed == '\t')
+        {
+            trimmed++;
+        }
+        if (*trimmed == '#' || *trimmed == '\0')
+        {
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        char time[10] = {0};
+        int red, green, blue, white, brightness, saturation;
+
+        int items_scanned = sscanf(line, "%d,%d,%d,%d,%d,%d", &red, &green, &blue, &white, &brightness, &saturation);
+        if (items_scanned == 6)
+        {
+            int total_minutes = line_number * 30;
+            int hours = total_minutes / 60;
+            int minutes = total_minutes % 60;
+
+            snprintf(time, sizeof(time), "%02d%02d", hours, minutes);
+
+            add_light_item(time, red, green, blue, white, brightness, saturation);
+            line_number++;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            ESP_LOGW(TAG, "Could not parse line: %s", line);
+        }
+    }
+
+    fclose(f);
+    ESP_LOGI(TAG, "Finished loading file. Loaded %d entries.", line_number);
+}

firmware/main/CMakeLists.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+idf_component_register(SRCS 
+        main.cpp
+        app_task.cpp
+        button_handling.c
+        i2c_checker.c
+        hal/u8g2_esp32_hal.c
+    INCLUDE_DIRS "."
+    PRIV_REQUIRES
+        analytics
+        insa
+        connectivity-manager
+        led-manager
+        persistence-manager
+        simulator
+        u8g2
+        hal
+        nvs_flash
+        esp_timer
+        esp_event
+        esp_wifi
+        app_update
+        rmaker_common
+        driver
+)
+
+spiffs_create_partition_image(storage ../storage FLASH_IN_PROJECT)

firmware/main/Kconfig.projbuild

@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+menu "System Control"
+    menu "WiFi Configuration"
+        config WIFI_ENABLED
+            bool    "Enable WiFi"
+            default y
+            help
+                Enable or disable WiFi connectivity.
+
+        config WIFI_NETWORK_COUNT
+            depends on WIFI_ENABLED
+            int     "Number of WiFi Networks"
+            default 1
+            range 1 5
+            help
+                Number of WiFi networks to configure (1-5).
+
+        config WIFI_SSID_1
+            depends on WIFI_ENABLED
+            string  "WiFi SSID 1"
+            default "YourSSID1"
+            help
+                The SSID of the first WiFi network.
+
+        config WIFI_PASSWORD_1
+            depends on WIFI_ENABLED
+            string  "WiFi Password 1"
+            default "YourPassword1"
+            help
+                The password of the first WiFi network.
+
+        config WIFI_SSID_2
+            depends on WIFI_ENABLED && WIFI_NETWORK_COUNT >= 2
+            string  "WiFi SSID 2"
+            default ""
+            help
+                The SSID of the second WiFi network.
+
+        config WIFI_PASSWORD_2
+            depends on WIFI_ENABLED && WIFI_NETWORK_COUNT >= 2
+            string  "WiFi Password 2"
+            default ""
+            help
+                The password of the second WiFi network.
+
+        config WIFI_SSID_3
+            depends on WIFI_ENABLED && WIFI_NETWORK_COUNT >= 3
+            string  "WiFi SSID 3"
+            default ""
+            help
+                The SSID of the third WiFi network.
+
+        config WIFI_PASSWORD_3
+            depends on WIFI_ENABLED && WIFI_NETWORK_COUNT >= 3
+            string  "WiFi Password 3"
+            default ""
+            help
+                The password of the third WiFi network.
+
+        config WIFI_SSID_4
+            depends on WIFI_ENABLED && WIFI_NETWORK_COUNT >= 4
+            string  "WiFi SSID 4"
+            default ""
+            help
+                The SSID of the fourth WiFi network.
+
+        config WIFI_PASSWORD_4
+            depends on WIFI_ENABLED && WIFI_NETWORK_COUNT >= 4
+            string  "WiFi Password 4"
+            default ""
+            help
+                The password of the fourth WiFi network.
+
+        config WIFI_SSID_5
+            depends on WIFI_ENABLED && WIFI_NETWORK_COUNT >= 5
+            string  "WiFi SSID 5"
+            default ""
+            help
+                The SSID of the fifth WiFi network.
+
+        config WIFI_PASSWORD_5
+            depends on WIFI_ENABLED && WIFI_NETWORK_COUNT >= 5
+            string  "WiFi Password 5"
+            default ""
+            help
+                The password of the fifth WiFi network.
+
+        config WIFI_CONNECT_RETRIES
+            depends on WIFI_ENABLED
+            int     "WiFi Connection Retry Attempts per Network"
+            default 3
+            help
+                Number of times to retry connecting to each WiFi network before trying the next one.
+    endmenu
+
+    menu "Display Settings"
+        config DISPLAY_SDA_PIN
+            int     "I2C SDA Pin"
+            default 35
+            help
+                GPIO pin number for the SDA line of the display.
+
+        config DISPLAY_SCL_PIN
+            int     "I2C SCL Pin"
+            default 36
+            help
+                GPIO pin number for the SCL line of the display.
+    endmenu
+endmenu

firmware/main/app_task.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
+#include "app_task.h"
+
+#include "analytics.h"
+#include "button_handling.h"
+#include "common/InactivityTracker.h"
+#include "hal/u8g2_esp32_hal.h"
+#include "hal_esp32/PersistenceManager.h"
+#include "i2c_checker.h"
+#include "led_status.h"
+#include "simulator.h"
+#include "ui/ClockScreenSaver.h"
+#include "ui/ScreenSaver.h"
+#include "ui/SplashScreen.h"
+#include "wifi_manager.h"
+#include <driver/i2c.h>
+#include <esp_diagnostics.h>
+#include <esp_insights.h>
+#include <esp_log.h>
+#include <esp_task_wdt.h>
+#include <esp_timer.h>
+#include <sdkconfig.h>
+#include <u8g2.h>
+
+#define PIN_RST GPIO_NUM_NC
+
+static const char *TAG = "app_task";
+
+u8g2_t u8g2;
+uint8_t last_value = 0;
+menu_options_t options;
+uint8_t received_signal;
+
+std::shared_ptr<Widget> m_widget;
+std::vector<std::shared_ptr<Widget>> m_history;
+std::unique_ptr<InactivityTracker> m_inactivityTracker;
+std::shared_ptr<PersistenceManager> m_persistenceManager;
+
+extern QueueHandle_t buttonQueue;
+
+static void setup_screen(void)
+{
+    u8g2_esp32_hal_t u8g2_esp32_hal = U8G2_ESP32_HAL_DEFAULT;
+    u8g2_esp32_hal.bus.i2c.sda = I2C_MASTER_SDA_PIN;
+    u8g2_esp32_hal.bus.i2c.scl = I2C_MASTER_SCL_PIN;
+    u8g2_esp32_hal.reset = PIN_RST;
+    u8g2_esp32_hal_init(u8g2_esp32_hal);
+
+    u8g2_Setup_sh1106_i2c_128x64_noname_f(&u8g2, U8G2_R0, u8g2_esp32_i2c_byte_cb, u8g2_esp32_gpio_and_delay_cb);
+    u8x8_SetI2CAddress(&u8g2.u8x8, DISPLAY_I2C_ADDRESS << 1);
+
+    ESP_DIAG_EVENT(TAG, "u8g2_InitDisplay");
+    u8g2_InitDisplay(&u8g2);
+    vTaskDelay(pdMS_TO_TICKS(10));
+
+    ESP_DIAG_EVENT(TAG, "u8g2_SetPowerSave");
+    u8g2_SetPowerSave(&u8g2, 0);
+    vTaskDelay(pdMS_TO_TICKS(10));
+
+    u8g2_ClearDisplay(&u8g2);
+}
+
+void setScreen(const std::shared_ptr<Widget> &screen)
+{
+    if (screen != nullptr)
+    {
+        ESP_DIAG_EVENT(TAG, "Screen set: %s", screen->getName());
+        m_widget = screen;
+        m_history.clear();
+        m_history.emplace_back(m_widget);
+        m_widget->onEnter();
+    }
+}
+
+void pushScreen(const std::shared_ptr<Widget> &screen)
+{
+    if (screen != nullptr)
+    {
+        if (m_widget)
+        {
+            m_widget->onPause();
+        }
+        ESP_DIAG_EVENT(TAG, "Screen pushed: %s", screen->getName());
+        m_widget = screen;
+        m_widget->onEnter();
+        m_history.emplace_back(m_widget);
+    }
+}
+
+void popScreen()
+{
+    if (m_history.size() >= 2)
+    {
+        m_history.pop_back();
+        if (m_widget)
+        {
+            if (m_persistenceManager != nullptr)
+            {
+                m_persistenceManager->Save();
+            }
+            m_widget->onExit();
+        }
+        m_widget = m_history.back();
+        ESP_DIAG_EVENT(TAG, "Screen popped, now: %s", m_widget->getName());
+        m_widget->onResume();
+    }
+}
+
+static void init_ui(void)
+{
+    m_persistenceManager = std::make_shared<PersistenceManager>();
+    options = {
+        .u8g2 = &u8g2,
+        .setScreen = [](const std::shared_ptr<Widget> &screen) { setScreen(screen); },
+        .pushScreen = [](const std::shared_ptr<Widget> &screen) { pushScreen(screen); },
+        .popScreen = []() { popScreen(); },
+        .onButtonClicked = nullptr,
+        .persistenceManager = m_persistenceManager,
+    };
+    m_widget = std::make_shared<SplashScreen>(&options);
+    m_inactivityTracker = std::make_unique<InactivityTracker>(60000, []() {
+        auto screensaver = std::make_shared<ClockScreenSaver>(&options);
+        options.pushScreen(screensaver);
+    });
+
+    u8g2_ClearBuffer(&u8g2);
+    m_widget->Render();
+    u8g2_SendBuffer(&u8g2);
+}
+
+static void handle_button(uint8_t button)
+{
+    m_inactivityTracker->reset();
+
+    if (m_widget)
+    {
+        switch (button)
+        {
+        case 1:
+            m_widget->OnButtonClicked(ButtonType::UP);
+            break;
+
+        case 3:
+            m_widget->OnButtonClicked(ButtonType::LEFT);
+            break;
+
+        case 5:
+            m_widget->OnButtonClicked(ButtonType::RIGHT);
+            break;
+
+        case 6:
+            m_widget->OnButtonClicked(ButtonType::DOWN);
+            break;
+
+        case 16:
+            m_widget->OnButtonClicked(ButtonType::BACK);
+            break;
+
+        case 18:
+            m_widget->OnButtonClicked(ButtonType::SELECT);
+            break;
+
+        default:
+            ESP_LOGE(TAG, "Unhandled button: %u", button);
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void app_task(void *args)
+{
+    if (i2c_bus_scan_and_check() != ESP_OK)
+    {
+        led_behavior_t led_behavior = {
+            .on_time_ms = 1000,
+            .off_time_ms = 500,
+            .color = {.red = 50, .green = 0, .blue = 0},
+            .index = 0,
+            .mode = LED_MODE_BLINK,
+        };
+        led_status_set_behavior(led_behavior);
+
+        ESP_LOGE(TAG, "Display not found on I2C bus");
+        vTaskDelete(nullptr);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    setup_screen();
+    setup_buttons();
+    init_ui();
+
+#if CONFIG_WIFI_ENABLED
+    wifi_manager_init();
+    analytics_init();
+#endif
+
+    start_simulation();
+
+    auto oldTime = esp_timer_get_time();
+
+    while (true)
+    {
+        u8g2_ClearBuffer(&u8g2);
+
+        if (m_widget != nullptr)
+        {
+            auto currentTime = esp_timer_get_time();
+            auto delta = currentTime - oldTime;
+            oldTime = currentTime;
+
+            uint64_t deltaMs = delta / 1000;
+
+            m_widget->Update(deltaMs);
+            m_widget->Render();
+
+            m_inactivityTracker->update(deltaMs);
+        }
+
+        u8g2_SendBuffer(&u8g2);
+
+        if (xQueueReceive(buttonQueue, &received_signal, pdMS_TO_TICKS(10)) == pdTRUE)
+        {
+            handle_button(received_signal);
+        }
+    }
+
+    cleanup_buttons();
+}

firmware/main/app_task.h

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+#pragma once
+
+void app_task(void *args);

firmware/main/button_handling.c

@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+#include "button_handling.h"
+
+#include "button_gpio.h"
+#include "common.h"
+#include <driver/gpio.h>
+#include <esp_err.h>
+#include <esp_insights.h>
+#include <esp_log.h>
+#include <esp_mac.h>
+#include <freertos/FreeRTOS.h>
+#include <iot_button.h>
+#include <sdkconfig.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+static const char *TAG = "button_handling";
+
+const uint8_t gpios[] = {BUTTON_DOWN, BUTTON_UP, BUTTON_LEFT, BUTTON_RIGHT, BUTTON_SELECT, BUTTON_BACK};
+static const char *button_names[] = {"DOWN", "UP", "LEFT", "RIGHT", "SELECT", "BACK"};
+
+typedef struct
+{
+    uint8_t gpio;
+    uint8_t index;
+} button_user_data_t;
+
+static button_user_data_t button_data[6];
+
+QueueHandle_t buttonQueue = NULL;
+
+static void button_event_cb(void *arg, void *usr_data)
+{
+    if (buttonQueue == NULL)
+    {
+        ESP_LOGE(TAG, "Button queue not initialized!");
+        return;
+    }
+    button_user_data_t *data = (button_user_data_t *)usr_data;
+    uint8_t gpio_num = data->gpio;
+    const char *button_name = button_names[data->index];
+
+    ESP_DIAG_EVENT(TAG, "Button %s pressed (GPIO %d)", button_name, gpio_num);
+
+    if (xQueueSend(buttonQueue, &gpio_num, 0) != pdTRUE)
+    {
+        ESP_LOGW(TAG, "Failed to send button press to queue");
+    }
+}
+
+static void init_button(uint8_t gpio, int index)
+{
+    const button_config_t btn_cfg = {0};
+    const button_gpio_config_t btn_gpio_cfg = {
+        .gpio_num = gpio,
+        .active_level = 0,
+        .enable_power_save = true,
+    };
+    button_handle_t gpio_btn = NULL;
+    const esp_err_t ret = iot_button_new_gpio_device(&btn_cfg, &btn_gpio_cfg, &gpio_btn);
+    if (ret != ESP_OK)
+    {
+        ESP_LOGE(TAG, "Button create failed");
+    }
+
+    button_data[index].gpio = gpio;
+    button_data[index].index = index;
+    iot_button_register_cb(gpio_btn, BUTTON_SINGLE_CLICK, NULL, button_event_cb, &button_data[index]);
+}
+
+void setup_buttons(void)
+{
+    buttonQueue = xQueueCreate(10, sizeof(uint8_t));
+    if (buttonQueue == NULL)
+    {
+        ESP_LOGE(TAG, "Failed to create button queue");
+        return;
+    }
+
+    ESP_DIAG_EVENT(TAG, "Button queue created successfully");
+    for (int i = 0; i < sizeof(gpios) / sizeof(gpios[0]); i++)
+    {
+        init_button(gpios[i], i);
+    }
+}
+
+// Cleanup function (optional)
+void cleanup_buttons(void)
+{
+    if (buttonQueue != NULL)
+    {
+        vQueueDelete(buttonQueue);
+    }
+}

firmware/main/button_handling.h

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+void setup_buttons(void);
+void cleanup_buttons(void);
+__END_DECLS

firmware/main/common.h

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#define BUTTON_UP GPIO_NUM_1
+#define BUTTON_DOWN GPIO_NUM_6
+#define BUTTON_LEFT GPIO_NUM_3
+#define BUTTON_RIGHT GPIO_NUM_5
+#define BUTTON_SELECT GPIO_NUM_18
+#define BUTTON_BACK GPIO_NUM_16

firmware/main/hal/u8g2_esp32_hal.c

@@ -0,0 +1,292 @@
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "esp_log.h"
+#include "sdkconfig.h"
+
+#include "freertos/FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "freertos/task.h"
+
+#include "u8g2_esp32_hal.h"
+
+static const char *TAG = "u8g2_hal";
+static const unsigned int I2C_TIMEOUT_MS = 1000;
+
+static spi_device_handle_t handle_spi;   // SPI handle.
+static i2c_cmd_handle_t handle_i2c;      // I2C handle.
+static u8g2_esp32_hal_t u8g2_esp32_hal;  // HAL state data.
+static bool i2c_transfer_failed = false; // Flag to track I2C transfer errors
+
+#define HOST SPI2_HOST
+
+#undef ESP_ERROR_CHECK
+#define ESP_ERROR_CHECK(x)                                                                                             \
+    do                                                                                                                 \
+    {                                                                                                                  \
+        esp_err_t rc = (x);                                                                                            \
+        if (rc != ESP_OK)                                                                                              \
+        {                                                                                                              \
+            ESP_LOGE("err", "esp_err_t = %d", rc);                                                                     \
+            assert(0 && #x);                                                                                           \
+        }                                                                                                              \
+    } while (0);
+
+// Softer error handling for I2C operations that may fail temporarily
+#define I2C_ERROR_CHECK(x)                                                                                             \
+    do                                                                                                                 \
+    {                                                                                                                  \
+        esp_err_t rc = (x);                                                                                            \
+        if (rc != ESP_OK)                                                                                              \
+        {                                                                                                              \
+            ESP_LOGW(TAG, "I2C error: %s = %d", #x, rc);                                                               \
+            i2c_transfer_failed = true;                                                                                \
+        }                                                                                                              \
+    } while (0);
+
+/*
+ * Initialze the ESP32 HAL.
+ */
+void u8g2_esp32_hal_init(u8g2_esp32_hal_t u8g2_esp32_hal_param)
+{
+    u8g2_esp32_hal = u8g2_esp32_hal_param;
+} // u8g2_esp32_hal_init
+
+/*
+ * HAL callback function as prescribed by the U8G2 library.  This callback is
+ * invoked to handle SPI communications.
+ */
+uint8_t u8g2_esp32_spi_byte_cb(u8x8_t *u8x8, uint8_t msg, uint8_t arg_int, void *arg_ptr)
+{
+    ESP_LOGD(TAG, "spi_byte_cb: Received a msg: %d, arg_int: %d, arg_ptr: %p", msg, arg_int, arg_ptr);
+    switch (msg)
+    {
+    case U8X8_MSG_BYTE_SET_DC:
+        if (u8g2_esp32_hal.dc != U8G2_ESP32_HAL_UNDEFINED)
+        {
+            gpio_set_level(u8g2_esp32_hal.dc, arg_int);
+        }
+        break;
+
+    case U8X8_MSG_BYTE_INIT: {
+        if (u8g2_esp32_hal.bus.spi.clk == U8G2_ESP32_HAL_UNDEFINED ||
+            u8g2_esp32_hal.bus.spi.mosi == U8G2_ESP32_HAL_UNDEFINED ||
+            u8g2_esp32_hal.bus.spi.cs == U8G2_ESP32_HAL_UNDEFINED)
+        {
+            break;
+        }
+
+        spi_bus_config_t bus_config;
+        memset(&bus_config, 0, sizeof(spi_bus_config_t));
+        bus_config.sclk_io_num = u8g2_esp32_hal.bus.spi.clk;  // CLK
+        bus_config.mosi_io_num = u8g2_esp32_hal.bus.spi.mosi; // MOSI
+        bus_config.miso_io_num = GPIO_NUM_NC;                 // MISO
+        bus_config.quadwp_io_num = GPIO_NUM_NC;               // Not used
+        bus_config.quadhd_io_num = GPIO_NUM_NC;               // Not used
+        // ESP_LOGI(TAG, "... Initializing bus.");
+        ESP_ERROR_CHECK(spi_bus_initialize(HOST, &bus_config, 1));
+
+        spi_device_interface_config_t dev_config;
+        dev_config.address_bits = 0;
+        dev_config.command_bits = 0;
+        dev_config.dummy_bits = 0;
+        dev_config.mode = 0;
+        dev_config.duty_cycle_pos = 0;
+        dev_config.cs_ena_posttrans = 0;
+        dev_config.cs_ena_pretrans = 0;
+        dev_config.clock_speed_hz = 10000;
+        dev_config.spics_io_num = u8g2_esp32_hal.bus.spi.cs;
+        dev_config.flags = 0;
+        dev_config.queue_size = 200;
+        dev_config.pre_cb = NULL;
+        dev_config.post_cb = NULL;
+        // ESP_LOGI(TAG, "... Adding device bus.");
+        ESP_ERROR_CHECK(spi_bus_add_device(HOST, &dev_config, &handle_spi));
+
+        break;
+    }
+
+    case U8X8_MSG_BYTE_SEND: {
+        spi_transaction_t trans_desc;
+        trans_desc.addr = 0;
+        trans_desc.cmd = 0;
+        trans_desc.flags = 0;
+        trans_desc.length = 8 * arg_int; // Number of bits NOT number of bytes.
+        trans_desc.rxlength = 0;
+        trans_desc.tx_buffer = arg_ptr;
+        trans_desc.rx_buffer = NULL;
+
+        // ESP_LOGI(TAG, "... Transmitting %d bytes.", arg_int);
+        ESP_ERROR_CHECK(spi_device_transmit(handle_spi, &trans_desc));
+        break;
+    }
+    }
+    return 0;
+} // u8g2_esp32_spi_byte_cb
+
+/*
+ * HAL callback function as prescribed by the U8G2 library.  This callback is
+ * invoked to handle I2C communications.
+ */
+uint8_t u8g2_esp32_i2c_byte_cb(u8x8_t *u8x8, uint8_t msg, uint8_t arg_int, void *arg_ptr)
+{
+    ESP_LOGD(TAG, "i2c_cb: Received a msg: %d, arg_int: %d, arg_ptr: %p", msg, arg_int, arg_ptr);
+
+    switch (msg)
+    {
+    case U8X8_MSG_BYTE_SET_DC: {
+        if (u8g2_esp32_hal.dc != U8G2_ESP32_HAL_UNDEFINED)
+        {
+            gpio_set_level(u8g2_esp32_hal.dc, arg_int);
+        }
+        break;
+    }
+
+    case U8X8_MSG_BYTE_INIT: {
+        if (u8g2_esp32_hal.bus.i2c.sda == U8G2_ESP32_HAL_UNDEFINED ||
+            u8g2_esp32_hal.bus.i2c.scl == U8G2_ESP32_HAL_UNDEFINED)
+        {
+            break;
+        }
+
+        i2c_config_t conf = {0};
+        conf.mode = I2C_MODE_MASTER;
+        ESP_LOGI(TAG, "sda_io_num %d", u8g2_esp32_hal.bus.i2c.sda);
+        conf.sda_io_num = u8g2_esp32_hal.bus.i2c.sda;
+        conf.sda_pullup_en = GPIO_PULLUP_ENABLE;
+        ESP_LOGI(TAG, "scl_io_num %d", u8g2_esp32_hal.bus.i2c.scl);
+        conf.scl_io_num = u8g2_esp32_hal.bus.i2c.scl;
+        conf.scl_pullup_en = GPIO_PULLUP_ENABLE;
+        ESP_LOGI(TAG, "clk_speed %d", I2C_MASTER_FREQ_HZ);
+        conf.master.clk_speed = I2C_MASTER_FREQ_HZ;
+        ESP_LOGI(TAG, "i2c_param_config %d", conf.mode);
+        ESP_ERROR_CHECK(i2c_param_config(I2C_MASTER_NUM, &conf));
+        ESP_LOGI(TAG, "i2c_driver_install %d", I2C_MASTER_NUM);
+        ESP_ERROR_CHECK(
+            i2c_driver_install(I2C_MASTER_NUM, conf.mode, I2C_MASTER_RX_BUF_DISABLE, I2C_MASTER_TX_BUF_DISABLE, 0));
+        break;
+    }
+
+    case U8X8_MSG_BYTE_SEND: {
+        if (i2c_transfer_failed)
+        {
+            break; // Skip sending if transfer already failed
+        }
+        uint8_t *data_ptr = (uint8_t *)arg_ptr;
+        ESP_LOG_BUFFER_HEXDUMP(TAG, data_ptr, arg_int, ESP_LOG_VERBOSE);
+
+        while (arg_int > 0)
+        {
+            I2C_ERROR_CHECK(i2c_master_write_byte(handle_i2c, *data_ptr, ACK_CHECK_EN));
+            if (i2c_transfer_failed)
+            {
+                break;
+            }
+            data_ptr++;
+            arg_int--;
+        }
+        break;
+    }
+
+    case U8X8_MSG_BYTE_START_TRANSFER: {
+        uint8_t i2c_address = u8x8_GetI2CAddress(u8x8);
+        handle_i2c = i2c_cmd_link_create();
+        i2c_transfer_failed = false; // Reset error flag at start of transfer
+        ESP_LOGD(TAG, "Start I2C transfer to %02X.", i2c_address >> 1);
+        I2C_ERROR_CHECK(i2c_master_start(handle_i2c));
+        I2C_ERROR_CHECK(i2c_master_write_byte(handle_i2c, i2c_address | I2C_MASTER_WRITE, ACK_CHECK_EN));
+        break;
+    }
+
+    case U8X8_MSG_BYTE_END_TRANSFER: {
+        ESP_LOGD(TAG, "End I2C transfer.");
+        if (!i2c_transfer_failed)
+        {
+            I2C_ERROR_CHECK(i2c_master_stop(handle_i2c));
+            I2C_ERROR_CHECK(i2c_master_cmd_begin(I2C_MASTER_NUM, handle_i2c, pdMS_TO_TICKS(I2C_TIMEOUT_MS)));
+        }
+        i2c_cmd_link_delete(handle_i2c);
+        break;
+    }
+    }
+    return 0;
+} // u8g2_esp32_i2c_byte_cb
+
+/*
+ * HAL callback function as prescribed by the U8G2 library.  This callback is
+ * invoked to handle callbacks for GPIO and delay functions.
+ */
+uint8_t u8g2_esp32_gpio_and_delay_cb(u8x8_t *u8x8, uint8_t msg, uint8_t arg_int, void *arg_ptr)
+{
+    ESP_LOGD(TAG, "gpio_and_delay_cb: Received a msg: %d, arg_int: %d, arg_ptr: %p", msg, arg_int, arg_ptr);
+
+    switch (msg)
+    {
+        // Initialize the GPIO and DELAY HAL functions.  If the pins for DC and
+        // RESET have been specified then we define those pins as GPIO outputs.
+    case U8X8_MSG_GPIO_AND_DELAY_INIT: {
+        uint64_t bitmask = 0;
+        if (u8g2_esp32_hal.dc != U8G2_ESP32_HAL_UNDEFINED)
+        {
+            bitmask = bitmask | (1ull << u8g2_esp32_hal.dc);
+        }
+        if (u8g2_esp32_hal.reset != U8G2_ESP32_HAL_UNDEFINED)
+        {
+            bitmask = bitmask | (1ull << u8g2_esp32_hal.reset);
+        }
+        if (u8g2_esp32_hal.bus.spi.cs != U8G2_ESP32_HAL_UNDEFINED)
+        {
+            bitmask = bitmask | (1ull << u8g2_esp32_hal.bus.spi.cs);
+        }
+
+        if (bitmask == 0)
+        {
+            break;
+        }
+        gpio_config_t gpioConfig;
+        gpioConfig.pin_bit_mask = bitmask;
+        gpioConfig.mode = GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT;
+        gpioConfig.pull_up_en = GPIO_PULLUP_DISABLE;
+        gpioConfig.pull_down_en = GPIO_PULLDOWN_ENABLE;
+        gpioConfig.intr_type = GPIO_INTR_DISABLE;
+        gpio_config(&gpioConfig);
+        break;
+    }
+
+        // Set the GPIO reset pin to the value passed in through arg_int.
+    case U8X8_MSG_GPIO_RESET:
+        if (u8g2_esp32_hal.reset != U8G2_ESP32_HAL_UNDEFINED)
+        {
+            gpio_set_level(u8g2_esp32_hal.reset, arg_int);
+        }
+        break;
+        // Set the GPIO client select pin to the value passed in through arg_int.
+    case U8X8_MSG_GPIO_CS:
+        if (u8g2_esp32_hal.bus.spi.cs != U8G2_ESP32_HAL_UNDEFINED)
+        {
+            gpio_set_level(u8g2_esp32_hal.bus.spi.cs, arg_int);
+        }
+        break;
+        // Set the Software I²C pin to the value passed in through arg_int.
+    case U8X8_MSG_GPIO_I2C_CLOCK:
+        if (u8g2_esp32_hal.bus.i2c.scl != U8G2_ESP32_HAL_UNDEFINED)
+        {
+            gpio_set_level(u8g2_esp32_hal.bus.i2c.scl, arg_int);
+            //				printf("%c",(arg_int==1?'C':'c'));
+        }
+        break;
+        // Set the Software I²C pin to the value passed in through arg_int.
+    case U8X8_MSG_GPIO_I2C_DATA:
+        if (u8g2_esp32_hal.bus.i2c.sda != U8G2_ESP32_HAL_UNDEFINED)
+        {
+            gpio_set_level(u8g2_esp32_hal.bus.i2c.sda, arg_int);
+            //				printf("%c",(arg_int==1?'D':'d'));
+        }
+        break;
+
+        // Delay for the number of milliseconds passed in through arg_int.
+    case U8X8_MSG_DELAY_MILLI:
+        vTaskDelay(arg_int / portTICK_PERIOD_MS);
+        break;
+    }
+    return 0;
+} // u8g2_esp32_gpio_and_delay_cb

firmware/main/hal/u8g2_esp32_hal.h

@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+#ifndef U8G2_ESP32_HAL_H
+#define U8G2_ESP32_HAL_H
+/*
+ * u8g2_esp32_hal.h
+ *
+ *  Created on: Feb 12, 2017
+ *      Author: kolban
+ */
+
+#ifndef U8G2_ESP32_HAL_H_
+#define U8G2_ESP32_HAL_H_
+
+#include "u8g2.h"
+
+#include "driver/gpio.h"
+#include "driver/i2c.h"
+#include "driver/spi_master.h"
+#include "hal/i2c_types.h"
+
+#define U8G2_ESP32_HAL_UNDEFINED GPIO_NUM_NC
+
+#define I2C_MASTER_NUM I2C_NUM_0 //  I2C port number for master dev
+
+#define I2C_MASTER_TX_BUF_DISABLE 0 //  I2C master do not need buffer
+#define I2C_MASTER_RX_BUF_DISABLE 0 //  I2C master do not need buffer
+#define I2C_MASTER_FREQ_HZ 400000   //  I2C master clock frequency
+#define ACK_CHECK_EN 0x1            //  I2C master will check ack from slave
+#define ACK_CHECK_DIS 0x0           //  I2C master will not check ack from slave
+
+/** @public
+ * HAL configuration structure.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+    union {
+        /* SPI settings. */
+        struct
+        {
+            /* GPIO num for clock. */
+            gpio_num_t clk;
+            /* GPIO num for SPI mosi. */
+            gpio_num_t mosi;
+            /* GPIO num for SPI slave/chip select. */
+            gpio_num_t cs;
+        } spi;
+        /* I2C settings. */
+        struct
+        {
+            /* GPIO num for I2C data. */
+            gpio_num_t sda;
+            /* GPIO num for I2C clock. */
+            gpio_num_t scl;
+        } i2c;
+    } bus;
+    /* GPIO num for reset. */
+    gpio_num_t reset;
+    /* GPIO num for DC. */
+    gpio_num_t dc;
+} u8g2_esp32_hal_t;
+
+/**
+ * Construct a default HAL configuration with all fields undefined.
+ */
+#define U8G2_ESP32_HAL_DEFAULT                                                                                         \
+    {.bus = {.spi = {.clk = U8G2_ESP32_HAL_UNDEFINED,                                                                  \
+                     .mosi = U8G2_ESP32_HAL_UNDEFINED,                                                                 \
+                     .cs = U8G2_ESP32_HAL_UNDEFINED}},                                                                 \
+     .reset = U8G2_ESP32_HAL_UNDEFINED,                                                                                \
+     .dc = U8G2_ESP32_HAL_UNDEFINED}
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+/**
+ * Initialize the HAL with the given configuration.
+ *
+ * @see u8g2_esp32_hal_t
+ * @see U8G2_ESP32_HAL_DEFAULT
+ */
+void u8g2_esp32_hal_init(u8g2_esp32_hal_t u8g2_esp32_hal_param);
+uint8_t u8g2_esp32_spi_byte_cb(u8x8_t *u8x8, uint8_t msg, uint8_t arg_int, void *arg_ptr);
+uint8_t u8g2_esp32_i2c_byte_cb(u8x8_t *u8x8, uint8_t msg, uint8_t arg_int, void *arg_ptr);
+uint8_t u8g2_esp32_gpio_and_delay_cb(u8x8_t *u8x8, uint8_t msg, uint8_t arg_int, void *arg_ptr);
+__END_DECLS
+#endif /* U8G2_ESP32_HAL_H_ */
+
+#endif

firmware/main/i2c_checker.c

@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+#include "i2c_checker.h"
+
+#include "driver/i2c.h"
+#include "esp_insights.h"
+#include "esp_log.h"
+#include "hal/u8g2_esp32_hal.h"
+
+static const char *TAG = "i2c_checker";
+
+esp_err_t i2c_device_check(i2c_port_t i2c_port, uint8_t device_address)
+{
+    i2c_cmd_handle_t cmd = i2c_cmd_link_create();
+    i2c_master_start(cmd);
+    // Send the device address with the write bit (LSB = 0)
+    i2c_master_write_byte(cmd, (device_address << 1) | I2C_MASTER_WRITE, true);
+    i2c_master_stop(cmd);
+
+    esp_err_t ret = i2c_master_cmd_begin(i2c_port, cmd, pdMS_TO_TICKS(100));
+
+    i2c_cmd_link_delete(cmd);
+
+    return ret;
+}
+
+esp_err_t i2c_bus_scan_and_check(void)
+{
+    // 1. Configure and install I2C bus
+    i2c_config_t conf = {
+        .mode = I2C_MODE_MASTER,
+        .sda_io_num = I2C_MASTER_SDA_PIN,
+        .scl_io_num = I2C_MASTER_SCL_PIN,
+        .sda_pullup_en = GPIO_PULLUP_ENABLE,
+        .scl_pullup_en = GPIO_PULLUP_ENABLE,
+        .master.clk_speed = I2C_MASTER_FREQ_HZ,
+    };
+    esp_err_t err = i2c_param_config(I2C_MASTER_NUM, &conf);
+    if (err != ESP_OK)
+    {
+        ESP_LOGE(TAG, "I2C parameter configuration failed: %s", esp_err_to_name(err));
+        return err;
+    }
+
+    err = i2c_driver_install(I2C_MASTER_NUM, conf.mode, 0, 0, 0);
+    if (err != ESP_OK)
+    {
+        ESP_LOGE(TAG, "I2C driver installation failed: %s", esp_err_to_name(err));
+        return err;
+    }
+
+    ESP_LOGI(TAG, "I2C driver initialized. Searching for device...");
+
+    // 2. Check if the device is present
+    err = i2c_device_check(I2C_MASTER_NUM, DISPLAY_I2C_ADDRESS);
+
+    if (err == ESP_OK)
+    {
+        ESP_LOGI(TAG, "Device found at address 0x%02X!", DISPLAY_I2C_ADDRESS);
+        // Here you could now call e.g. setup_screen()
+    }
+    else if (err == ESP_ERR_TIMEOUT)
+    {
+        ESP_LOGE(TAG, "Timeout! Device at address 0x%02X is not responding.", DISPLAY_I2C_ADDRESS);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        ESP_LOGE(TAG, "Error communicating with address 0x%02X: %s", DISPLAY_I2C_ADDRESS, esp_err_to_name(err));
+    }
+
+    // 3. Uninstall I2C driver if it is no longer needed
+    i2c_driver_delete(I2C_MASTER_NUM);
+    ESP_DIAG_EVENT(TAG, "I2C driver uninstalled.");
+
+    return err;
+}

firmware/main/i2c_checker.h

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#include "driver/gpio.h"
+#include "esp_err.h"
+
+#define DISPLAY_I2C_ADDRESS 0x3C
+
+#define I2C_MASTER_SDA_PIN ((gpio_num_t)CONFIG_DISPLAY_SDA_PIN)
+#define I2C_MASTER_SCL_PIN ((gpio_num_t)CONFIG_DISPLAY_SCL_PIN)
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+esp_err_t i2c_bus_scan_and_check(void);
+__END_DECLS

firmware/main/idf_component.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+dependencies:
+  u8g2:
+    git: https://github.com/olikraus/u8g2.git
+#  u8g2_hal:
+#    git: https://github.com/mkfrey/u8g2-hal-esp-idf.git
+  espressif/button: ^4.1.3
+  espressif/esp_insights: ^1.2.7
+  espressif/mqtt: ^1.0.0

firmware/main/main.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+#include "app_task.h"
+#include "color.h"
+#include "hal_esp32/PersistenceManager.h"
+#include "led_status.h"
+#include "led_strip_ws2812.h"
+#include "wifi_manager.h"
+#include <ble_manager.h>
+#include <esp_event.h>
+#include <esp_insights.h>
+#include <esp_log.h>
+#include <freertos/FreeRTOS.h>
+#include <freertos/task.h>
+#include <nvs_flash.h>
+#include <sdkconfig.h>
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+void app_main(void)
+{
+    // Initialize NVS
+    esp_err_t err = nvs_flash_init();
+    if (err == ESP_ERR_NVS_NO_FREE_PAGES || err == ESP_ERR_NVS_NEW_VERSION_FOUND)
+    {
+        ESP_ERROR_CHECK(nvs_flash_erase());
+        ESP_ERROR_CHECK(nvs_flash_init());
+    }
+
+    auto persistence = PersistenceManager();
+    persistence.Load();
+
+    led_status_init(CONFIG_STATUS_WLED_PIN);
+
+    led_strip_init();
+
+    xTaskCreatePinnedToCore(app_task, "app_task", 8192, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY + 5, NULL,
+                            CONFIG_FREERTOS_NUMBER_OF_CORES - 1);
+    // xTaskCreatePinnedToCore(ble_manager_task, "ble_manager", 4096, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY + 1, NULL,
+    //                         CONFIG_FREERTOS_NUMBER_OF_CORES - 1);
+}
+__END_DECLS

firmware/partitions.csv

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+# Name   , Type , SubType  , Offset  , Size  , Flags
+nvs      , data , nvs      , 0x9000  ,   16k ,
+otadata  , data , ota      ,         ,    8k ,
+phy_init , data , phy      ,         ,    4k ,
+ota_0    , app  , ota_0    , 0x10000 , 1536K ,
+ota_1    , app  , ota_1    ,         , 1536K ,
+storage  , data , spiffs   ,         ,  256K ,
+coredump , data , coredump ,         ,  576k ,
+fctry    , data , nvs      ,         ,   24k ,

firmware/sdkconfig.defaults

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+# Bluetooth
+CONFIG_BT_ENABLED=y
+CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED=y
+
+# Logging
+CONFIG_LOG_DEFAULT_LEVEL_INFO=y
+CONFIG_LOG_DEFAULT_LEVEL=3
+CONFIG_LOG_MAXIMUM_LEVEL=3
+
+# Flash Size
+CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_FLASHSIZE_4MB=y
+
+# Partitions
+CONFIG_PARTITION_TABLE_CUSTOM=y
+CONFIG_PARTITION_TABLE_CUSTOM_FILENAME="partitions.csv"
+CONFIG_PARTITION_TABLE_FILENAME="partitions.csv"
+CONFIG_PARTITION_TABLE_OFFSET=0x8000
+CONFIG_PARTITION_TABLE_MD5=y
+
+CONFIG_ESP_INSIGHTS_ENABLED=y
+CONFIG_ESP_INSIGHTS_META_VERSION_10=n
+
+CONFIG_DIAG_ENABLE_METRICS=y
+CONFIG_DIAG_ENABLE_HEAP_METRICS=y
+CONFIG_DIAG_ENABLE_WIFI_METRICS=y
+CONFIG_DIAG_ENABLE_VARIABLES=y
+CONFIG_DIAG_ENABLE_NETWORK_VARIABLES=y
+
+# Core dump
+CONFIG_ESP32_ENABLE_COREDUMP=y
+CONFIG_ESP32_ENABLE_COREDUMP_TO_FLASH=y
+CONFIG_ESP32_COREDUMP_DATA_FORMAT_ELF=y
+CONFIG_ESP32_COREDUMP_CHECKSUM_CRC32=y
+CONFIG_ESP32_CORE_DUMP_MAX_TASKS_NUM=64
+CONFIG_ESP32_CORE_DUMP_STACK_SIZE=1024
+
+CONFIG_ESP_RMAKER_DEF_TIMEZONE="Europe/Berlin"
+
+# ESP PSRAM
+CONFIG_SPIRAM=y
+
+# SPI RAM config
+CONFIG_SPIRAM_SPEED=80
+CONFIG_SPIRAM_USE_CAPS_ALLOC=y

firmware/sdkconfig.defaults.esp32c6

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+# default ESP target
+CONFIG_IDF_TARGET="esp32c6"

firmware/sdkconfig.defaults.esp32s3

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+# default ESP target
+CONFIG_IDF_TARGET="esp32s3"